aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDave Love1999-10-06 11:40:36 +0000
committerDave Love1999-10-06 11:40:36 +0000
commit93548d2e69a40bf8056b05af5ffb36a17d96a4b6 (patch)
tree93dfb89b9c710d3bfab9970351fcbe38b7ff5ec3
parenta40d4712b29a99f060a32e8546d8b4522db4b284 (diff)
downloademacs-93548d2e69a40bf8056b05af5ffb36a17d96a4b6.tar.gz
emacs-93548d2e69a40bf8056b05af5ffb36a17d96a4b6.zip
#
-rw-r--r--lisp/loaddefs.el14272
1 files changed, 14272 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lisp/loaddefs.el b/lisp/loaddefs.el
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fdd82e694c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lisp/loaddefs.el
@@ -0,0 +1,14272 @@
1;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
2
3;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5;; Maintainer: FSF
6;; Keywords: internal
7
8;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9
10;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
13;; any later version.
14
15;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18;; GNU General Public License for more details.
19
20;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
24
25;;; **********************************************************************
26;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
27;;;
28;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
29;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
30;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
31;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
32;;; ;;;###autoload
33;;; (defun foobar () ....)
34;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
35;;; ;;;###autoload
36;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
37;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
38;;;
39;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
40;;;
41;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
42;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
43;;; **********************************************************************
44
45;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
46
47;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
48;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
49;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
50
51;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^ ]* " "\\1"
52;;; (point-min) (point-max))
53
54;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode"
55;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (14049 32049))
56;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58(autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
59Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
60
61Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
62
63 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
64 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
65
66 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
67 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
68 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
69
70 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
71 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
72
73 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
74
75 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
76 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
77 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
78
79 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
80 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
81
82 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
83 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
84
85Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
86 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
87 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
88 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
89 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
90
91If you use imenu.el:
92 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
93
94If you use find-file.el:
95 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
96 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
97 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
99 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
100 with body stubs.
101
102If you use ada-xref.el:
103 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
104 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
105 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
106 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
107
108(autoload (quote ada-make-filename-from-adaname) "ada-mode" "\
109Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
110
111;;;***
112
113;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
114;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
115;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
116;;;;;; (14214 15653))
117;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
118
119(defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
120*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
121This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
122
123(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
124*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
125This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
126
127(autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
128Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
129
130(autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
131Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
132
133Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
134If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
135If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
136\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
137
138If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
139simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
140directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
141
142Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
143current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
144
145(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
146Find change log file and add an entry for today.
147Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
148name and site.
149
150Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
151Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
152Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
153never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
154otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
155
156Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
157non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
158
159(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
160Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
161Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
162name and site.
163Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
164If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
165
166Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
167 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
168
169(autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
170Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
171Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
172New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
173Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
174Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
175
176(defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
177*Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
178
179(defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
180*Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
181
182(defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
183*Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185(autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
186Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
187
188Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
189Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
190
191Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
192point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
193identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
194`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
195
196Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
197
198;;;***
199
200;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
201;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14192
202;;;;;; 4647))
203;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
204
205(defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
206*Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
207Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
208original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
209In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
210original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
211old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
212`error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
213it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
214interpreted as `error'.")
215
216(defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
217*Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
218A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
219always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
220loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
221advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
222be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
223COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
224
225(autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
226Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
227If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
228CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
229of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
230to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
231extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
232name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
233will be overwritten with the new one.
234 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
235initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
236will clear the cache." nil nil)
237
238(autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
239Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
240The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
241
242 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
243 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
244 BODY... )
245
246FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
247CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
248NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
249POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
250 see also `ad-add-advice'.
251ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
252 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
253 before/around/after-advices will be used.
254FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
255 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
256DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
257INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
258 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
259BODY ::= Any s-expression.
260
261Semantics of the various flags:
262`protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
263any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
264then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
265
266`activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
267FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
268
269`compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
270advised function should be compiled.
271
272`disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
273during activation until somebody enables it.
274
275`preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
276time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
277advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
278this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
279
280`freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
281to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
282Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
283the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
284documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
285during preloading.
286
287Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
288
289;;;***
290
291;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
292;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14203 50169))
293;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
294 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
295
296(autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
297Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
298The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
299for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
300may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
301directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
302
303(autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
304
305(or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
306
307(or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
308
309;;;***
310
311;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
312;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
313;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
314;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14063 14962))
315;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
316
317(defvar appt-issue-message t "\
318*Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
319To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
320as the first thing on a line.")
321
322(defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
323*Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
324
325(defvar appt-audible t "\
326*Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
327
328(defvar appt-visible t "\
329*Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
330
331(defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
332*Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
333
334(defvar appt-msg-window t "\
335*Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
336
337(defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
338*The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
339
340(defvar appt-display-diary t "\
341*Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
342This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
343
344(autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
345Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
346The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
347
348(autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
349Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
350
351(autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
352
353;;;***
354
355;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
356;;;;;; apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" (13940 33135))
357;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
358
359(autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
360Show user variables that match REGEXP.
361With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
362normal variables." t nil)
363
364(fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
365
366(autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
367Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
368With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
369noninteractive functions.
370
371If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
372satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
373
374(autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
375Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
376With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
377symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
378Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
379
380(autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
381Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
382With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
383at the function and at the names and values of properties.
384Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
385
386(autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
387Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
388With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
389documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
390bindings.
391Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
392
393;;;***
394
395;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
396;;;;;; 32154))
397;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
398
399(autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
400Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
401You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
402Letters no longer insert themselves.
403Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
404or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
405
406If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
407save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
408archive.
409
410\\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
411
412;;;***
413
414;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (13623 48741))
415;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
416
417(autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
418Major mode for editing arrays.
419
420 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
421considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
422NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
423
424 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
425
426 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
427Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
428but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
429
430 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
431several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
432supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
433in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
434The variables are:
435
436Variables you assign:
437 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
438 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
439 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
440 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
441 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
442 row numbers in the buffer.
443
444Variables which are calculated:
445 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
446 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
447
448 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
449take a numeric prefix argument):
450
451 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
452 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
453 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
454 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
455
456 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
457 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
458 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
459 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
460
461 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
462 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
463 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
464 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
465
466 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
467 between that of point and mark.
468
469 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
470 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
471
472 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
473 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
474 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
475 newlines inside rows)
476
477 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
478
479Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
480
481;;;***
482
483;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (13833
484;;;;;; 34413))
485;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
486
487(autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
488Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
489Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
490
491\\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
492\\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
493\\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
494\\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
495
496The character used for making comments is set by the variable
497`asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
498
499Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
500which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
501
502Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
503
504Special commands:
505\\{asm-mode-map}
506" t nil)
507
508;;;***
509
510;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
511;;;;;; (14201 235))
512;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
513
514(defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
515Non-nil means do automatic horizontal scrolling, when lines are truncated.
516
517This variable is automatically local in each buffer where it is set.
518
519Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
520use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-show-mode'.")
521
522(custom-add-to-group (quote auto-show) (quote auto-show-mode) (quote custom-variable))
523
524(custom-add-load (quote auto-show-mode) (quote auto-show))
525
526(autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
527Turn automatic horizontal scroll mode on or off.
528With arg, turn auto scrolling on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
529This mode is enabled or disabled for each buffer individually.
530It takes effect only when `truncate-lines' is non-nil." t nil)
531
532;;;***
533
534;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
535;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14118 1735))
536;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
537
538(autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
539Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
540Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
541
542(autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
543Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
544Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
545or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
546
547(autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
548Toggle auto-insert mode.
549With prefix ARG, turn auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
550Returns the new status of auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
551
552When auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
553insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
554
555;;;***
556
557;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
558;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
559;;;;;; (14198 40228))
560;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
561
562(autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
563Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
564\(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
565
566(autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
567Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
568This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
569
570(autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
571Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
572Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
573
574;;;***
575
576;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
577;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (13691 6971))
578;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
579
580(autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
581Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
582
583With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
584This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
585Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
586
587(autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
588Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
589
590This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
591 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
592
593(autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
594Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
595
596With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
597This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
598Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
599
600;;;***
601
602;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14118
603;;;;;; 1851))
604;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
605
606(autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
607Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
608MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
609`cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
610
611If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
612modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
613as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
614
615Effects of the different modes:
616 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
617 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
618 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
619 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
620 a random distance & direction.
621 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
622 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
623 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
624
625Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
626
627\(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
628and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
629definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
630
631;;;***
632
633;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
634;;;;;; 38922))
635;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
636
637(autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
638Major mode for editing AWK code.
639This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
640the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
641indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
642
643Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
644with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
645
646;;;***
647
648;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
649;;;;;; (13607 51085))
650;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
651
652(autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
653Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
654
655The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
656places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
657
658For example:
659
660b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
661`(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
662`(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
663`(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
664
665Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
666
667(defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
668
669;;;***
670
671;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
672;;;;;; (13599 8260))
673;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
674
675(autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
676Display battery status information in the echo area.
677The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
678`battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
679
680(autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
681Display battery status information in the mode line.
682The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
683`battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
684The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
685seconds." t nil)
686
687;;;***
688
689;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14198
690;;;;;; 46296))
691;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
692
693(autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
694Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
695
696To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
697BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
698version information already added. You just need to add a description
699of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
700message.
701
702
703General information on working with BibTeX mode:
704
705You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
706specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
707\\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
708in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
709with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
710
711Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
712bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
713work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
714and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
715created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
716entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
717
718For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
719`bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
720BibTeX mode.
721
722
723Special information:
724
725A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
726
727The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
728Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
729The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
730\\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
731\\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
732\\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
733current field.
734\\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
735 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
736
737The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
738from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
739fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
740bibtex-entry-format.
741Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
742format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
743idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
744
745Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
746Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
747
748The following may be of interest as well:
749
750 Functions:
751 bibtex-entry
752 bibtex-kill-entry
753 bibtex-yank-pop
754 bibtex-pop-previous
755 bibtex-pop-next
756 bibtex-complete-string
757 bibtex-complete-key
758 bibtex-print-help-message
759 bibtex-generate-autokey
760 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
761 bibtex-end-of-entry
762 bibtex-reposition-window
763 bibtex-mark-entry
764 bibtex-ispell-abstract
765 bibtex-ispell-entry
766 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
767 bibtex-hide-entry-bodies
768 bibtex-sort-buffer
769 bibtex-validate
770 bibtex-count
771 bibtex-fill-entry
772 bibtex-reformat
773 bibtex-convert-alien
774
775 Variables:
776 bibtex-field-delimiters
777 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
778 bibtex-include-OPTkey
779 bibtex-user-optional-fields
780 bibtex-entry-format
781 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
782 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
783 bibtex-entry-field-alist
784 bibtex-predefined-strings
785 bibtex-string-files
786
787---------------------------------------------------------
788Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
789non-nil.
790
791\\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
792
793;;;***
794
795;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
796;;;;;; 27943))
797;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
798
799(autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
800Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
801the default is 4.
802
803What is blackbox?
804
805Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
806Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
807balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
808observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
809the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
810your score.
811
812Overview of play:
813
814\\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
815specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
816four.
817
818The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
819movement keys.
820
821To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
822The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
823
824You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
825box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
826
827When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
828press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
829not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
830numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
831placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
832indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
833
834Details:
835
836There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
837
838 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
839 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
840 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
841 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
842
843 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
844 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
845 denoted by the letter `R'.
846
847 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
848 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
849 denoted by the letter `H'.
850
851The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
852example.
853
854As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
855be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
856represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
857The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
858described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
859points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
860ray.
861
862Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
863degree deflection it causes.
864
865 1
866 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
867 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8681 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
869 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
870 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
871 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
872 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
873 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
874 2 3
875
876As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
877it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
878
879
880 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
881 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
882R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
883 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
884 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
885 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
886 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
887 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
888
889In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
890ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
891its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
892example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
893ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
894can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
895emerging from the box.
896
897A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
898
899 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
901 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
902 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
903 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
904H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
905 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
906 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
907
908Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
909a reflection." t nil)
910
911;;;***
912
913;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
914;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
915;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
916;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
917;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
918;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14143 29124))
919;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
920 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
921 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
922 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
923
924(defvar bookmark-map nil "\
925Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
926It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
927so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
928key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
929functions have a binding in this keymap.")
930
931(define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
932
933(define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
934
935(define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
936
937(define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
938
939(define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
940
941(define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
942
943(define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
944
945(define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
946
947(define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
948
949(define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
950
951(define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
952
953(define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
954
955(define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
956
957(add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
958
959(autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
960Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
961If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
962With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
963as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
964the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
965bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
966but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
967recent one.
968
969To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
970bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
971yank successive words.
972
973Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
974\(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
975through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
976name of the file being visited.
977
978Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
979and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
980the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
981
982(autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
983Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
984You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
985`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
986bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
987this.
988
989If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
990if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
991will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
992of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
993
994(autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
995Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
996This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
997the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
998after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
999
1000(autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1001Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1002Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1003minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1004
1005(defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1006
1007(autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1008Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1009If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1010menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1011
1012If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1013argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1014must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1015
1016While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1017consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1018name." t nil)
1019
1020(autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1021Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1022You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1023`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1024bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1025this." t nil)
1026
1027(autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1028Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1029Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1030there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1031not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1032one most recently used in this file, if any).
1033Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1034probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1035
1036(autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1037Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1038Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1039
1040(autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1041Save currently defined bookmarks.
1042Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1043`bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1044\(second argument).
1045
1046If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1047and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1048pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1049instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1050user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1051
1052When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1053`bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1054for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1055`bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1056
1057(autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1058Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1059Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1060optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1061destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1062while loading.
1063
1064If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1065will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1066in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1067place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1068maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1069explicitly.
1070
1071If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1072bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1073unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1074method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1075
1076(autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1077Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1078The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1079The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1080deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1081
1082(defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1083
1084(defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1085
1086(autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1087Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1088You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1089`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1090bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1091this.
1092
1093Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1094corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1095\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1096
1097(autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1098Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1099You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1100`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1101bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1102this.
1103
1104Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1105corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1106\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1107
1108(autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1109Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1110\(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1111
1112Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1113corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1114\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1115
1116(autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1117Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1118If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1119If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1120prompts for NEWNAME.
1121If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1122passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1123is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1124
1125While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1126consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1127name.
1128
1129Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1130corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1131\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1132
1133(autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1134Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1135Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1136there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1137not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1138one most recently used in this file, if any).
1139
1140Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1141corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1142\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1143
1144(defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1145
1146(defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1147
1148(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1149
1150(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1151
1152(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1153
1154(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1155
1156(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1157
1158(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1159
1160(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1161
1162(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1163
1164(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1165
1166(define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1167
1168;;;***
1169
1170;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1171;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1172;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1173;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1174;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1175;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1176;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1177;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
1178;;;;;; (14124 22133))
1179;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
1180
1181(defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1182*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1183This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1184`browse-url-of-file' commands.
1185
1186If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1187\(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1188associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1189function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1190regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1191
1192(defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1193*If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1194Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1195commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
11961.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1197
1198(defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1199*The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1200
1201(defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1202*If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1203Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1204
1205(defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1206*The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1207
1208(autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1209Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1210Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1211interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1212`browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1213`browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1214
1215(autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1216Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1217Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1218currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1219narrowed." t nil)
1220
1221(autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1222In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1223
1224(autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1225Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1226
1227(autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1228Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1229Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1230`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1231
1232(autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1233Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1234Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1235`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1236
1237(autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1238Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1239The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1240but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1241`browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1242to use." t nil)
1243
1244(autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1245Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1246
1247Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1248`browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1249
1250When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1251non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1252random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1253the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1254
1255When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1256used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1257
1258(autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1259Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1260
1261Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1262`browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1263program is invoked according to the variable
1264`browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1265
1266When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1267non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1268random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1269the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1270
1271When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1272used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1273
1274(defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1275Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1276Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1277
1278(autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1279Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1280Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1281variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1282
1283(autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1284Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1285Default to the URL around or before point.
1286
1287This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1288select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1289value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1290
1291When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1292non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1293random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1294the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1295
1296When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1297used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1298
1299(autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1300Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1301Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1302
1303(autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1304Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1305Default to the URL around or before point.
1306
1307When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1308non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1309prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1310
1311When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1312used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1313
1314(autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1315Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1316The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1317`browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1318
1319(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1320Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1321Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1322in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1323with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1324
1325(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1326Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1327Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1328a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1329
1330When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1331non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1332otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1333reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1334
1335When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1336used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1337
1338(autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1339Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1340Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1341
1342(autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1343Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1344Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1345recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1346will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1347current one.
1348
1349When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1350non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1351non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1352`browse-url-new-window-p'.
1353
1354When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1355used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1356
1357(autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1358Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1359Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1360browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1361`browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1362don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1363
1364;;;***
1365
1366;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1367;;;;;; 42463))
1368;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1369
1370(autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1371Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1372
1373(autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1374Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1375
1376;;;***
1377
1378;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1379;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1380;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1381;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14090 25925))
1382;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1383
1384(autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1385Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1386Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1387
1388(autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1389Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1390This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1391Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1392
1393If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1394But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1395for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1396don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1397
1398A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1399
1400If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1401recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1402
1403(autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1404Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1405The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1406With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1407The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1408
1409(autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1410Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1411Print the result in the minibuffer.
1412With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1413
1414(autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1415If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1416If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1417
1418(autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1419Display a call graph of a specified file.
1420This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1421them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1422whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1423all functions called by those functions.
1424
1425The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1426primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1427cons, etc.).
1428
1429The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1430\(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1431invoked interactively." t nil)
1432
1433(autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1434Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1435Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1436it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1437Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1438For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1439
1440(autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1441Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1442Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1443For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1444
1445;;;***
1446
1447;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1448;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1449
1450(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1451
1452(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1453
1454;;;***
1455
1456;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1457;;;;;; (13997 6380))
1458;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1459
1460(autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1461List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1462When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1463from the cursor position." t nil)
1464
1465;;;***
1466
1467;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1468;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1469;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1470;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1471;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1472;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1473;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1474;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1475;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1476;;;;;; diary-file today-invisible-calendar-hook today-visible-calendar-hook
1477;;;;;; initial-calendar-window-hook calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays
1478;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
1479;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1480;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-in-calendar number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially
1481;;;;;; calendar-offset calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1482;;;;;; (14198 38416))
1483;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1484
1485(defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1486*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
14870 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1488
1489(defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1490*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
14910 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1492+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1493the screen.")
1494
1495(defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1496*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1497The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1498if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1499is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1500
1501(defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1502*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1503This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1504or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1505example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1506entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1507day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1508
1509The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1510says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1511for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1512display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1513Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1514
1515This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1516from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1517number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1518
1519(defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1520*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1521The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1522
1523(defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1524*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1525The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1526displayed.")
1527
1528(defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1529*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1530The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1531
1532(defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1533*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1534This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1535
1536If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1537
1538(defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1539*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1540This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1541
1542If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1543calendar.")
1544
1545(defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1546*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1547This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1548
1549If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1550calendar.")
1551
1552(defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1553*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1554This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1555
1556(defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1557*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1558The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1559once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1560and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1561
1562(defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1563*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1564This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1565function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1566 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1567It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1568a function is also provided for this:
1569 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1570
1571The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1572functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1573date is not visible in the window.
1574
1575Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1576characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1577functions that move by days and weeks.")
1578
1579(defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1580*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1581
1582The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1583functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1584date is visible in the window.
1585
1586Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1587characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1588functions that move by days and weeks.")
1589
1590(defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1591*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1592
1593The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1594
1595 MONTH/DAY
1596 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1597 MONTHNAME DAY
1598 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1599 DAYNAME
1600
1601at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1602string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1603a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1604If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1605DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1606MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1607characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1608MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1609respectively.
1610
1611The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1612instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1613`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1614
1615 DAY/MONTH
1616 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1617 DAY MONTHNAME
1618 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1619 DAYNAME
1620
1621To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1622`american-calendar' in the calendar.
1623
1624A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1625`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1626nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1627window but will appear in a diary window.
1628
1629Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1630either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1631
1632Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1633entries (in the default American style):
1634
1635 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1636 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1637 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1638 21: Payday
1639 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1640 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1641 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1642 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1643 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1644 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1645 &* 15 time cards due.
1646
1647If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1648no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1649diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1650single diary entry
1651
1652 02/11/1989
1653 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1654 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1655 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1656 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1657 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1658 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1659
1660will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1661facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1662used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1663
1664Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1665
1666 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1667
1668causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
166910, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1670`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1671`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1672`diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1673`diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1674`diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1675and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1676`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1677
1678Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1679possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1680unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1681`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1682for these functions for details.
1683
1684Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1685details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1686
1687(defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1688*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1689
1690(defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1691*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1692
1693(defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1694*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1695
1696(defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1697*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1698See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1699
1700(defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1701*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1702See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1703
1704(defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1705*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1706For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1707If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1708
1709(defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1710*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1711If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
17121990. The accepted European date styles are
1713
1714 DAY/MONTH
1715 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1716 DAY MONTHNAME
1717 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1718 DAYNAME
1719
1720Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1721characters with or without a period.")
1722
1723(defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1724*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1725See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1726
1727(defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1728*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1729See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1730
1731(defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1732*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1733See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1734
1735(defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1736*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1737See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1738
1739(defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1740*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1741The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1742buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1743example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1744instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1745
1746(defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1747*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1748It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1749
1750A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1751this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1752with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1753of the form
1754
1755 #include \"filename\"
1756
1757This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1758obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1759the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1760as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1761function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1762
1763For example, you could use
1764
1765 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1766 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1767 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1768
1769in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1770diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1771lexicographic order.")
1772
1773(defvar diary-hook nil "\
1774*List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1775Can be used for appointment notification.")
1776
1777(defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1778*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1779If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1780diary display.
1781
1782Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1783the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1784functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1785by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1786STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1787used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1788holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1789
1790A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1791choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1792buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1793with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1794variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1795diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1796if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1797diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1798
1799(defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1800*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1801As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1802relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1803and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1804describes the style of such diary entries.")
1805
1806(defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1807*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
1808
1809A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
1810mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
1811with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1812of the form
1813 #include \"filename\"
1814This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1815obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
1816variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
1817part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1818function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1819
1820(defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
1821*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
1822As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1823relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
1824and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1825describes the style of such diary entries.")
1826
1827(defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
1828*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
1829Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
1830are holidays.")
1831
1832(defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
1833*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
1834The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
1835fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
1836somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
1837
1838(put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1839
1840(defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
1841*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
1842See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1843
1844(put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1845
1846(defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
1847*Oriental holidays.
1848See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1849
1850(put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1851
1852(defvar local-holidays nil "\
1853*Local holidays.
1854See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1855
1856(put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1857
1858(defvar other-holidays nil "\
1859*User defined holidays.
1860See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1861
1862(put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1863
1864(defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
1865
1866(put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1867
1868(defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
1869
1870(put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1871
1872(defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
1873
1874(put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1875
1876(defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
1877
1878(put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1879
1880(defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
1881*Jewish holidays.
1882See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1883
1884(put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1885
1886(defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
1887*Christian holidays.
1888See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1889
1890(put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1891
1892(defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
1893*Islamic holidays.
1894See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1895
1896(put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1897
1898(defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
1899*Sun-related holidays.
1900See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1901
1902(put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1903
1904(defvar calendar-setup nil "\
1905The frame set up of the calendar.
1906The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
1907dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
1908frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
1909any other value the current frame is used.")
1910
1911(autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
1912Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
1913The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
1914
1915;;;***
1916
1917;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (13932 14133))
1918;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
1919
1920(defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1921Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
1922
1923(defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1924Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
1925
1926(defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1927Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
1928
1929(defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1930Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
1931
1932(defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1933Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
1934
1935(defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1936Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
1937
1938;;;***
1939
1940;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
1941;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
1942;;;;;; (13932 14133))
1943;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
1944
1945(autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
1946
1947(autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
1948Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
1949To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
1950c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
1951information already added. You just need to add a description of the
1952problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
1953
1954To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
1955
1956The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
1957bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
1958run first.
1959
1960Key bindings:
1961\\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
1962
1963(autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
1964Major mode for editing C++ code.
1965To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
1966c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1967version information already added. You just need to add a description
1968of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
1969message.
1970
1971To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
1972
1973The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
1974variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
1975`c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
1976
1977Key bindings:
1978\\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
1979
1980(autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
1981Major mode for editing Objective C code.
1982To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
1983objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1984version information already added. You just need to add a description
1985of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
1986message.
1987
1988To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
1989
1990The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
1991is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
1992is run first.
1993
1994Key bindings:
1995\\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
1996
1997(autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
1998Major mode for editing Java code.
1999To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2000java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2001version information already added. You just need to add a description
2002of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2003message.
2004
2005To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2006
2007The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2008is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2009`c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2010sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2011set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2012
2013Key bindings:
2014\\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2015
2016(autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2017Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2018To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2019idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2020version information already added. You just need to add a description
2021of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2022message.
2023
2024To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2025
2026The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2027variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2028`c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2029
2030Key bindings:
2031\\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2032
2033(autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2034Major mode for editing Pike code.
2035To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2036idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2037version information already added. You just need to add a description
2038of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2039message.
2040
2041To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2042
2043The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2044is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2045`c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2046
2047Key bindings:
2048\\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2049
2050;;;***
2051
2052;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2053;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (13932 14133))
2054;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2055
2056(autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2057Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2058STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2059styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2060for details of setting up styles.
2061
2062The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2063style name." t nil)
2064
2065(autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2066Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2067STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2068an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2069
2070 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2071
2072See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2073VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2074STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2075
2076(autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2077Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2078SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2079offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to
2080`c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil)
2081
2082;;;***
2083
2084;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (13932 14133))
2085;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2086
2087(defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2088A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2089There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2090features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2091supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2092
2093 XEmacs 19: (8-bit)
2094 XEmacs 20: (8-bit)
2095 Emacs 19: (1-bit)
2096
2097Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2098`infodock'.")
2099
2100;;;***
2101
2102;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2103;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2104;;;;;; (14236 17288))
2105;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2106
2107(autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2108Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2109
2110(autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2111Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2112
2113(autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2114Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2115
2116This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2117Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2118yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2119now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2120execution.
2121
2122Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2123
2124(autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2125Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2126CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2127The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2128
2129(autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2130Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2131If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2132CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2133If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2134register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2135
2136(autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2137Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2138The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2139
2140;;;***
2141
2142;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2143;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2144;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2145;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2146;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2147;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2148;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2149;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2150;;;;;; (13847 27399))
2151;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2152
2153(autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2154Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2155The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2156the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2157
2158(autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2159Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2160Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2161point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2162buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2163errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2164Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2165checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2166
2167(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2168Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2169Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2170point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2171buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2172errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2173Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2174checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2175
2176(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2177Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2178Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2179doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2180spacing are all verified." t nil)
2181
2182(autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2183Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2184With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2185store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2186otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2187
2188(autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2189Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2190Only documentation strings are checked.
2191Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2192Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2193a separate buffer." t nil)
2194
2195(autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2196Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2197Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2198save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2199is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2200
2201(autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2202Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2203Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2204separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2205if there is one.
2206Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2207
2208(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2209Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2210Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2211
2212(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2213Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2214Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2215documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2216of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2217
2218(autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2219Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2220Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2221non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2222If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2223space at the end of each line." t nil)
2224
2225(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2226Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2227Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2228Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2229
2230(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2231Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2232Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2233Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2234
2235(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2236Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2237Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2238Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2239
2240(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2241Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2242Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2243Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2244
2245(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2246Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2247Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2248Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2249
2250(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2251Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2252Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2253Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2254
2255(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2256Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2257Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2258Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2259
2260(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2261Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2262Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2263Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2264
2265(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2266Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2267Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2268Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2269
2270(autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2271Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2272With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2273
2274In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2275bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2276checking of documentation strings.
2277
2278\\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2279
2280;;;***
2281
2282;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2283;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2284;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2285;;;;;; (13774 36670))
2286;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2287
2288(autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2289Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2290
2291(autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2292Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2293
2294(autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2295Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2296
2297(autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2298Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2299Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2300
2301(autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2302Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2303
2304(autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2305Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2306Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2307
2308(autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2309Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2310
2311;;;***
2312
2313;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2314;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33539))
2315;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2316
2317(autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2318Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2319Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2320a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2321command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2322editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2323
2324(autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2325List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2326The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2327Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2328element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2329
2330The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2331
2332(autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
2333Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
2334The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2335The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2336Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2337
2338Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2339and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2340\\{command-history-map}
2341Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
2342The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
2343
2344;;;***
2345
2346;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15534))
2347;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2348
2349(defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2350This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2351Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2352stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2353print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2354printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2355
2356This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2357a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2358
2359;;;***
2360
2361;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2362;;;;;; (13903 50959))
2363;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2364
2365(autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2366
2367;;;***
2368
2369;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2370;;;;;; (13661 53315))
2371;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2372
2373(autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2374Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2375Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2376prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2377
2378`c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2379Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2380if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2381
2382Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2383For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2384
2385;;;***
2386
2387;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
2388;;;;;; 33926))
2389;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2390
2391(autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2392Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2393If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2394With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2395of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2396\(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2397\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2399
2400;;;***
2401
2402;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2403;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2404;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 7952))
2405;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2406
2407(autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2408Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2409whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2410ASCII table.
2411
2412The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2413DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2414systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2415decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2416
2417(autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2418Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2419CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2420
2421(autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2422Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2423CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2424
2425(autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2426Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2427CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2428
2429(autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2430Return an alist of supported codepages.
2431
2432Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2433codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2434for the character set supported by that codepage.
2435
2436A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2437is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2438
2439(autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2440Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2441
2442These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2443characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2444read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2445
2446;;;***
2447
2448;;;### (autoloads (comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14198
2449;;;;;; 39428))
2450;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2451
2452(autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2453Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2454The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2455PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2456via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2457connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2458running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2459STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2460
2461If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2462
2463(autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2464Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2465The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2466The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2467hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2468See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2469
2470;;;***
2471
2472;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2473;;;;;; 17934))
2474;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2475
2476(autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2477Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2478Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2479moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2480
2481This command pushes the mark in each window
2482at the prior location of point in that window.
2483If both windows display the same buffer,
2484the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2485first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2486
2487A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2488The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2489If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2490
2491;;;***
2492
2493;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2494;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2495;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2496;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14198 39593))
2497;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2498
2499(defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2500*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2501
2502(defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2503*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2504
2505(defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2506*Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2507This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2508started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2509while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2510
2511(defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2512Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2513The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2514compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2515nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2516
2517(defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2518Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2519It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2520describing how the process finished.")
2521
2522(defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2523Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2524Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2525and a string describing how the process finished.")
2526
2527(defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2528*If not nil, M-x compile asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2529Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2530
2531(defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2532*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2533Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2534nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2535
2536(autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2537Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2538Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2539with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2540
2541You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2542and move to the source code that caused it.
2543
2544Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2545non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2546
2547To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2548`*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2549Then start the next one.
2550
2551The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2552the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2553to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2554
2555(autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2556Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2557While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2558or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2559where grep found matches.
2560
2561This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2562easily repeat a grep command.
2563
2564A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2565tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2566in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2567if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2568
2569(autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2570Run grep via find, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2571While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2572to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2573
2574This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2575easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2576
2577(autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2578Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2579\\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2580move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2581To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2582
2583Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2584
2585(autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2586Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2587With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2588See `compilation-mode'.
2589Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2590
2591(autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2592Toggle compilation minor mode.
2593With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2594See `compilation-mode'.
2595Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2596
2597(autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2598Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2599
2600If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2601the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2602
2603A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2604negative means move back to previous error messages.
2605Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2606and start at the first error.
2607
2608\\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2609grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2610the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2611buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2612specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2613\\[next-error] in that buffer.
2614
2615Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2616it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2617uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2618
2619See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2620`compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2621 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2622
2623;;;***
2624
2625;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2626;;;;;; (14115 62109))
2627;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2628
2629(autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2630Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2631With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2632
2633When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2634nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2635delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2636as much as possible.
2637
2638For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2639command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2640\\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2641other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2642
2643Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2644specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2645\\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2646See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2647
2648;;;***
2649
2650;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2651;;;;;; (13876 49580))
2652;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2653
2654(autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2655Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2656
2657;;;***
2658
2659;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
2660;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26297))
2661;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
2662
2663(autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
2664Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
2665is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2666
2667(autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
2668Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
2669is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2670
2671(autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
2672Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
2673Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
2674and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
2675
2676(autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
2677Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
2678
2679;;;***
2680
2681;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
2682;;;;;; (13940 33273))
2683;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
2684
2685(autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
2686Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
2687the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
2688notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
2689`copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
2690copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
2691
2692(autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
2693Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
2694
2695;;;***
2696
2697;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
2698;;;;;; (14177 62783))
2699;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
2700
2701(autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
2702Major mode for editing Perl code.
2703Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
2704Tab indents for Perl code.
2705Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
2706Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
2707
2708Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
2709sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
2710well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
2711default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
2712\"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
2713since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
2714whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
2715appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
2716contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
2717Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
2718You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
2719look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
2720
2721CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
2722
2723 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
2724 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
2725
2726and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
2727
2728The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
2729causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
2730she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
2731following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
2732} { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
2733type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
2734typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
2735new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
2736directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
2737
2738If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
2739
2740 bite if angry;
2741
2742it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
2743`cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
2744help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
2745to nil.)
2746
2747\\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
2748return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
2749you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
2750
2751 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
2752
2753and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
2754transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
2755appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
2756`newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
2757see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
2758
2759Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
2760
2761 if (A) { B }
2762
2763into
2764
2765 B if A;
2766
2767\\{cperl-mode-map}
2768
2769Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
2770\(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
2771on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
2772the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
2773\(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
2774setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
2775control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
2776one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
2777options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
2778`cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
2779by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
2780whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
2781consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
2782
2783If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
2784\\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
2785These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
2786`cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
2787`cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
2788\(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
2789
2790Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
2791help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
2792man via menu.
2793
2794It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
2795This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
2796`cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
2797secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
2798menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
2799
2800Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
2801beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
2802span the needed amount of lines.
2803
2804Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
2805`cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
2806here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
2807for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
2808
2809Variables controlling indentation style:
2810 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
2811 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
2812 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
2813 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
2814 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
2815 `cperl-auto-newline'
2816 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
2817 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
2818 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
2819 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
2820 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
2821 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
2822 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
2823 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
2824 `cperl-indent-level'
2825 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
2826 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
2827 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
2828 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
2829 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
2830 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
2831 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
2832 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
2833 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2834 `cperl-brace-offset'
2835 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
2836 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
2837 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
2838 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
2839 `cperl-label-offset'
2840 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
2841 `cperl-min-label-indent'
2842 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
2843
2844Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
2845 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
2846 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
2847 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
2848 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
2849
2850CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
2851corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
2852\\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
2853\(both available from menu).
2854
2855If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
2856column 0 is indented on
2857`cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2858
2859Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
2860with no args.
2861
2862DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
2863or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
2864`cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
2865
2866;;;***
2867
2868;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
2869;;;;;; (13826 9909))
2870;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
2871
2872(autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
2873Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
2874This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
2875what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
2876A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
2877
2878(autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
2879Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
2880
2881;;;***
2882
2883;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
2884;;;;;; (14179 6457))
2885;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
2886
2887(defvar crisp-mode nil "\
2888Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
2889A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
2890indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
2891
2892Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
2893use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
2894
2895(custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
2896
2897(custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
2898
2899(autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
2900Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
2901With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
2902
2903;;;***
2904
2905;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
2906;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
2907;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
2908;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
2909;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
2910;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
2911;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
2912;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
2913;;;;;; (14092 56283))
2914;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
2915 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
2916
2917(autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
2918Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
2919
2920If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
2921it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
2922
2923If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
2924`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
2925
2926(autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
2927Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
2928
2929If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
2930VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
2931
2932The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
2933with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
2934
2935If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
2936it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
2937
2938If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
2939`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
2940
2941(autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
2942Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
2943If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
2944VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
2945
2946The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
2947with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
2948
2949If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
2950it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
2951
2952If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
2953`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
2954
2955(autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
2956Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
2957User options are structured into \"groups\".
2958Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
2959are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
2960
2961(autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
2962Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
2963
2964(autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
2965Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
2966
2967(defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
2968
2969(autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
2970Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
2971
2972(autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
2973Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
2974This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
2975customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
2976values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
2977
2978With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
2979variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
2980version." t nil)
2981
2982(defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
2983
2984(autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
2985Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
2986Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
2987
2988(autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
2989Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
2990If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
2991
2992(autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
2993Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
2994
2995(autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
2996Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
2997
2998(autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
2999Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3000
3001(autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3002Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3003If ALL is `options', include only options.
3004If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3005If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3006If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3007user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3008
3009(autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3010Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3011With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3012
3013(autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3014Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3015
3016(autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3017Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3018
3019(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3020Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3021Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3022OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3023SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3024that option." nil nil)
3025
3026(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3027Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3028Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3029OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3030SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3031that option." nil nil)
3032
3033(autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3034Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3035
3036(defvar custom-file nil "\
3037File used for storing customization information.
3038The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3039as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3040you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.")
3041
3042(autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3043Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3044
3045(autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3046Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3047
3048(autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3049Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3050The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3051
3052(autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3053Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3054If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3055Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3056The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3057
3058;;;***
3059
3060;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3061;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14228 23896))
3062;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3063
3064(autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3065Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3066
3067(autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3068Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3069The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3070
3071 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
3072
3073SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3074If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3075
3076See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3077
3078;;;***
3079
3080;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3081;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3082;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3083;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 36671))
3084;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3085
3086(autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3087Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3088
3089(autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3090Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3091
3092(autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3093Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3094
3095(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3096Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3097
3098(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3099Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3100
3101(autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3102Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3103For readability, the table is slightly
3104different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3105
3106The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3107that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3108Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3109If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3110If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3111
3112;;;***
3113
3114;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3115;;;;;; (13833 28318))
3116;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3117
3118(define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3119
3120(define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3121
3122(autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3123Completion on current word.
3124Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3125and presents suggestions for completion.
3126
3127With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3128function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3129completions.
3130
3131If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3132then it searches *all* buffers.
3133
3134With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3135if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3136
3137(autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3138Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3139
3140Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3141If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3142considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3143buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3144`dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3145
3146A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3147possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3148
3149If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3150no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3151with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3152
3153The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3154direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3155
3156See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3157
3158;;;***
3159
3160;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3161;;;;;; 39004))
3162;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3163
3164(autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3165Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3166
3167This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3168THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3169dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3170
3171Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3172Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3173Data lines are not indented.
3174
3175Key bindings:
3176
3177\\{dcl-mode-map}
3178Commands not usually bound to keys:
3179
3180\\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3181\\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3182\\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3183\\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3184
3185Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3186
3187 dcl-basic-offset
3188 Extra indentation within blocks.
3189
3190 dcl-continuation-offset
3191 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3192
3193 dcl-margin-offset
3194 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3195
3196 dcl-margin-label-offset
3197 Indentation for a label.
3198
3199 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3200 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3201
3202 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3203 dcl-block-end-regexp
3204 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3205 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3206 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3207 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3208 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3209
3210 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3211 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3212 Two such functions are included in the package:
3213 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3214 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3215
3216 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3217 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3218 One such function is included in the package:
3219 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3220
3221 dcl-tab-always-indent
3222 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3223 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3224 margin.
3225
3226 dcl-electric-characters
3227 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3228 typed.
3229
3230 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3231 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3232 which words trigger electric indentation.
3233
3234 dcl-tempo-comma
3235 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3236 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3237 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3238
3239 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3240 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3241 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3242 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3243
3244 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3245 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3246 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3247 dcl-imenu-label-call
3248 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3249
3250Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3251`dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3252Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3253with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3254
3255
3256The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3257
3258$! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3259$! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3260$! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3261$ i = 1
3262$ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3263$ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3264$ label:
3265$ if i.eq.1
3266$ then
3267$ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3268$ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3269$ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3270$ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3271$ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3272 \"lined up with the command line\"
3273$ type sys$input
3274Data lines are not indented at all.
3275$ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3276$ endif
3277$
3278" t nil)
3279
3280;;;***
3281
3282;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3283;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14144 59544))
3284;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3285
3286(setq debugger (quote debug))
3287
3288(autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3289Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3290Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3291of the evaluator.
3292
3293You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3294any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3295first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3296
3297(autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3298Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3299If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3300This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3301which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3302Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3303Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3304
3305(autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3306Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3307If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3308
3309;;;***
3310
3311;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3312;;;;;; (13875 47217))
3313;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3314
3315(autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3316Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3317
3318(autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3319Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3320Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3321Upper-case letters are commands.
3322
3323The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3324modify it.
3325
3326The most useful commands are:
3327\\<decipher-mode-map>
3328\\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3329\\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3330\\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3331\\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3332\\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3333
3334;;;***
3335
3336;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3337;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14118 1897))
3338;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3339
3340(defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3341
3342(autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3343Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3344With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3345positive.
3346
3347When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3348enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3349active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3350any selection." t nil)
3351
3352(defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3353Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3354See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3355Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3356use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3357
3358(custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3359
3360(custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3361
3362;;;***
3363
3364;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3365;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (13721 58283))
3366;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3367
3368(autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3369Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3370
3371The arguments to this command are as follow:
3372
3373CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3374PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (ie. text-mode).
3375NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (ie. \"Hypertext\")
3376DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3377 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3378BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3379 hooks for the new mode.
3380
3381Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3382
3383 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3384
3385You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3386without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3387and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3388
3389On a more complicated level, the following command uses sgml-mode as
3390the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3391
3392 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3393 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3394 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3395
3396Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3397been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3398
3399(autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3400Initialise variables for a new mode.
3401Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3402empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3403the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3404
3405;;;***
3406
3407;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3408;;;;;; (13897 58559))
3409;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3410
3411(autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3412Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3413This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3414
3415(autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3416Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3417Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3418to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3419
3420;;;***
3421
3422;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3423;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3424;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3425;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3426;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3427;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3428;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3429;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 57965))
3430;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3431
3432(autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3433Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3434
3435(autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3436Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil)
3437
3438(autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3439Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil)
3440
3441(autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3442Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil)
3443
3444(autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3445Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil)
3446
3447(autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3448Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil)
3449
3450(autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3451Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs.
3452Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3453
3454(autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3455Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil)
3456
3457(autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3458
3459(autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3460
3461(autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3462
3463(autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3464Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3465
3466(autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3467
3468(autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3469Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3470
3471(autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3472
3473(autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3474
3475(autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3476
3477;;;***
3478
3479;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3480;;;;;; (14151 2344))
3481;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3482
3483(autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3484Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3485If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3486by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3487execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3488
3489(autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
3490Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
3491If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
3492
3493You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
3494For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
3495`emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
3496all relevant variables are set, as done here.
3497
3498#!/bin/sh
3499# diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
3500emacs -batch \\
3501-eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
3502 european-calendar-style t \\
3503 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
3504-l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
3505at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
3506
3507You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
3508system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
35090 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
3510to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
3511
3512;;;***
3513
3514;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
3515;;;;;; "diff.el" (13332 40193))
3516;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
3517
3518(defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
3519*A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
3520
3521(defvar diff-command "diff" "\
3522*The command to use to run diff.")
3523
3524(autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
3525Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
3526Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
3527and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
3528With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
3529
3530(autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
3531Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3532Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3533If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3534The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
3535
3536;;;***
3537
3538;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
3539;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
3540;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
3541;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
3542;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14052 36795))
3543;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
3544
3545(defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
3546*Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
3547May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
3548may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
3549`dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
3550
3551(defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
3552Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
3553
3554(defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
3555*Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
3556Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
3557`insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
3558itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
3559
3560Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
3561nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
3562
3563Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
3564marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
3565don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
3566always set this variable to t.")
3567
3568(defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
3569*Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
3570A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
3571A value of t means move to first file.")
3572
3573(defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
3574*Controls marking of renamed files.
3575If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
3576If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
3577are afterward marked with that character.")
3578
3579(defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
3580*Controls marking of copied files.
3581If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
3582If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3583
3584(defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
3585*Controls marking of newly made hard links.
3586If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3587If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3588
3589(defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
3590*Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
3591If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3592If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3593
3594(defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
3595*If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
3596This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
3597use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
3598
3599The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
3600
3601(defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
3602*If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
3603\(This works on only some systems.)")
3604 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
3605
3606(autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
3607\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
3608Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
3609\(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
3610Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
3611shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
3612its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
3613list of files to make directory entries for.
3614\\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
3615You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
3616delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
3617Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
3618
3619If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
3620 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
3621
3622(autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
3623\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
3624 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
3625
3626(autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
3627\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
3628
3629(autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
3630Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
3631
3632;;;***
3633
3634;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
3635;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
3636;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
3637;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp
3638;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp
3639;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy
3640;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file
3641;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay
3642;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file
3643;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print
3644;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff
3645;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14157 4475))
3646;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
3647
3648(autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3649Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
3650FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
3651The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
3652With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
3653 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3654
3655(autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3656Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3657Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3658If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3659The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
3660With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3661
3662(autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
3663Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
3664This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
3665
3666(autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
3667Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3668
3669(autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
3670Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3671
3672(autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
3673Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
3674Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
3675`lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
3676
3677(autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
3678Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
3679If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
3680the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
3681The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
3682
3683If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
3684
3685Normally the command is run on each file individually.
3686However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
3687just once with the entire file list substituted there.
3688
3689No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
3690telling what files the command may have changed. Type
3691\\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
3692
3693The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
3694output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir." t nil)
3695
3696(autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
3697Kill all marked lines (not the files).
3698With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
3699\(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
3700To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
3701and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
3702
3703(autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3704
3705(autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
3706Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3707
3708(autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
3709Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3710
3711(autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
3712Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3713
3714(autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
3715Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
3716If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
3717a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
3718
3719(autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3720
3721(autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3722
3723(autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3724
3725(autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3726
3727(autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3728
3729(autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
3730Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
3731
3732(autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
3733Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
3734This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
3735When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3736When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
3737and new copies of these files are made in that directory
3738with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3739
3740(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
3741Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3742When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3743When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3744and new symbolic links are made in that directory
3745with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3746
3747(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
3748Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3749When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3750When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3751and new hard links are made in that directory
3752with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3753
3754(autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
3755Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3756When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
3757When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
3758
3759(autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3760Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3761As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
3762 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
3763NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
3764REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
3765
3766With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
3767Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
3768
3769(autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3770Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3771See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3772
3773(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3774Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3775See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3776
3777(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3778Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3779See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3780
3781(autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
3782Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
3783
3784(autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
3785Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
3786
3787(autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3788Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
3789If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
3790 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
3791With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
3792 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
3793 this subdirectory.
3794This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
3795
3796(autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3797Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
3798When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
3799
3800(autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3801Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
3802Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
3803The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
3804
3805(autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
3806Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
3807If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
3808marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
3809
3810(autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3811Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
3812Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
3813
3814(autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
3815Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
3816
3817(autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
3818Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
3819
3820(autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3821Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
3822Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
3823Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
3824
3825(autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
3826Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
3827If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
3828Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
3829
3830(autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
3831Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
3832Stops when a match is found.
3833To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
3834
3835(autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
3836Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
3837Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
3838If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
3839with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
3840
3841;;;***
3842
3843;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (13796 29070))
3844;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
3845
3846(autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
3847Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
3848If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
3849If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
3850In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
3851buffer and try again." t nil)
3852
3853;;;***
3854
3855;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 29853))
3856;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
3857
3858(autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
3859Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
3860The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
3861
3862You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
3863
3864If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
3865function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
3866
3867You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
3868`comint-output-filter-functions'.
3869" nil nil)
3870
3871;;;***
3872
3873;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
3874;;;;;; 9510))
3875;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
3876
3877(autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
3878Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
3879OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
3880\(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
3881If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
3882redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
3883
3884;;;***
3885
3886;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
3887;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
3888;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
3889;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
3890;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14168 7661))
3891;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
3892
3893(autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
3894Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
3895
3896(autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
3897Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
3898SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
3899Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
3900`selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
3901
3902(autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
3903Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
3904SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
3905Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
3906`selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
3907
3908(autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
3909Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
3910
3911(autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
3912Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
3913
3914(autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
3915Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
3916
3917(autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
3918Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
3919
3920(autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
3921Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
3922
3923(autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
3924Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
3925This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
3926it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
3927
3928(autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
3929Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
3930This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
3931X frame." nil nil)
3932
3933(autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
3934Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
3935
3936(autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
3937
3938(autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
3939Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
3940
3941This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
3942unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
3943with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
3944variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
3945
3946With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
3947if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
3948European character display.
3949
3950When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
3951display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
3952and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
3953ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
3954
3955Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
3956from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
3957selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
3958those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
3959for users who call this function in `.emacs'." t nil)
3960
3961;;;***
3962
3963;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
3964;;;;;; (13229 28169))
3965;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
3966
3967(autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
3968Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
3969Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
3970which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
3971Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
3972If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
3973If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
3974Default is 2." t nil)
3975
3976;;;***
3977
3978;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41287))
3979;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
3980
3981(autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
3982Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
3983
3984;;;***
3985
3986;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (13777 61323))
3987;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
3988
3989(autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
3990Toggle Double mode.
3991With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
3992
3993When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
3994when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
3995
3996;;;***
3997
3998;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
3999;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4000
4001(autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4002Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4003
4004;;;***
4005
4006;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4007;;;;;; (14030 49072))
4008;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4009
4010(autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4011Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4012
4013;;;***
4014
4015;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4016;;;;;; (14213 21772))
4017;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4018
4019(autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4020Define a new minor mode MODE.
4021This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4022toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4023
4024DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4025Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4026Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4027If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4028in order to build a valid keymap.
4029
4030\(defmacro easy-mmode-define-minor-mode
4031 (MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP)...)" nil (quote macro))
4032
4033;;;***
4034
4035;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4036;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14228
4037;;;;;; 23892))
4038;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4039
4040(autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4041Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4042The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4043and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4044
4045The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4046It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4047
4048 :filter FUNCTION
4049
4050FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4051menu displayed.
4052
4053 :visible INCLUDE
4054
4055INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4056expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4057
4058 :active ENABLE
4059
4060ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4061whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4062
4063The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4064
4065A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4066
4067NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4068
4069CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4070or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4071
4072ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4073whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4074
4075Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4076
4077 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4078
4079Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4080
4081 :keys KEYS
4082
4083KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4084This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4085computed automatically.
4086KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4087
4088 :key-sequence KEYS
4089
4090KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4091menu item.
4092This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4093a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4094keyboard equivalent.
4095
4096 :active ENABLE
4097
4098ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4099whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4100
4101 :included INCLUDE
4102
4103INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4104expression has a non-nil value.
4105
4106 :suffix NAME
4107
4108NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4109
4110 :style STYLE
4111
4112STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4113defined:
4114
4115toggle: A checkbox.
4116 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4117radio: A radio button.
4118 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4119button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4120 menu bar itself.
4121anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4122
4123 :selected SELECTED
4124
4125SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4126whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4127
4128A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4129unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4130as a solid horizontal line.
4131
4132A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4133
4134(autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4135
4136(autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4137Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4138MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4139possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4140
4141(autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4142Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4143PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu containing NAME in the
4144menu bar. ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4145These items entirely replace the previous items in that map.
4146If NAME is not present in the menu located by PATH, then add item NAME to
4147that menu. If the optional argument BEFORE is present add NAME in menu
4148just before BEFORE, otherwise add at end of menu.
4149
4150Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4151to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4152
4153;;;***
4154
4155;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4156;;;;;; (13778 5246))
4157;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4158
4159(autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4160Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4161Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4162listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4163
4164If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4165window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4166window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4167
4168To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4169the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4170much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4171
4172Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4173
4174\\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4175
4176;;;***
4177
4178;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4179;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28451))
4180;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4181
4182(autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4183Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4184With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4185
4186;;;***
4187
4188;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4189;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (13988 42888))
4190;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4191
4192(defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4193*If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4194This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4195`eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4196`eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4197
4198You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4199variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4200\(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4201`emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4202
4203(defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4204*Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4205This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4206Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4207
4208(autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4209Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4210Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4211\(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4212
4213(defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4214
4215(autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4216Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4217This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4218Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4219or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4220
4221;;;***
4222
4223;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4224;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4225;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4226;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4227;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4228;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4229;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4230;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4231;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4232;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (13680 6249))
4233;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4234
4235(autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4236Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4237
4238(autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4239Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4240
4241(defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4242
4243(defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4244
4245(autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4246Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4247
4248(defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4249
4250(autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4251Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4252
4253(defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4254
4255(autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4256Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4257the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4258can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4259
4260(defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4261
4262(autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4263Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4264The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4265names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4266
4267(defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4268
4269(autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4270Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4271have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4272expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4273
4274(defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4275
4276(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4277Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4278the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4279can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4280
4281(defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4282
4283(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4284Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4285Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4286in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4287without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4288can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4289
4290(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4291Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4292The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4293names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4294
4295(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
4296
4297(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4298Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
4299The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4300names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4301
4302(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
4303
4304(defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
4305
4306(autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4307Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
4308With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4309follows:
4310If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4311If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4312
4313(autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
4314Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
4315With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4316follows:
4317If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4318If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4319
4320(autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4321Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4322Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4323This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
4324lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
4325
4326(autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
4327Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4328Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4329Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
4330This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
4331lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
4332
4333(defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
4334
4335(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
4336Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
4337
4338(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4339Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
4340
4341(defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
4342
4343(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
4344Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
4345
4346(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4347Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
4348
4349(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
4350Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
4351The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4352buffer." t nil)
4353
4354(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4355Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
4356The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4357buffer." t nil)
4358
4359(autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
4360Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
4361First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
4362file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
4363
4364(autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
4365Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
4366
4367(autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
4368Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
4369
4370(defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
4371
4372(defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
4373
4374(autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
4375Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
4376The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4377buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
4378
4379(defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
4380
4381(autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
4382Return string describing the version of Ediff.
4383When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
4384
4385(autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
4386Display Ediff's manual.
4387With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
4388
4389;;;***
4390
4391;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
4392;;;;;; (13680 6243))
4393;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
4394
4395(autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
4396Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
4397
4398(defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
4399
4400;;;***
4401
4402;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
4403;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (13896 8693))
4404;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
4405
4406(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
4407Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
4408To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
4409which see." t nil)
4410
4411(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
4412Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
4413Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
4414To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
4415
4416;;;***
4417
4418;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
4419;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
4420;;;;;; (13957 59578))
4421;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
4422 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
4423
4424(defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
4425*Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
4426Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
4427
4428(autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4429Edit a keyboard macro.
4430At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
4431Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
4432the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
4433its command name.
4434With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
4435
4436(autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4437Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
4438
4439(autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4440Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
4441
4442(autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4443Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
4444The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
4445See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
4446Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
4447The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
4448
4449In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
4450the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
4451The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
4452Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
4453
4454(autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4455Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
4456This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
4457Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
4458If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
4459or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
4460
4461;;;***
4462
4463;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
4464;;;;;; 33643))
4465;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
4466
4467(autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
4468Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
4469
4470;;;***
4471
4472;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
4473;;;;;; (13116 19630))
4474;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
4475
4476(autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
4477Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
4478The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
4479THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
4480contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
4481erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
4482be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
4483the buffer specified by BUFFER.
4484
4485If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4486shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
4487
4488After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
4489in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
4490in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
4491this value is non-nil.
4492
4493If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4494shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
4495things.
4496
4497When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
4498buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
4499BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
4500
4501(autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
4502
4503;;;***
4504
4505;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
4506;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
4507;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
4508
4509(defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
4510*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
4511
4512For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
4513within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
4514This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
4515in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
4516from the documentation string if possible.
4517
4518If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
4519instead.
4520
4521This variable is buffer-local.")
4522
4523(autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4524*Enable or disable eldoc mode.
4525See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
4526
4527If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
4528of the mode.
4529If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
4530the mode, respectively." t nil)
4531
4532(autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4533Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
4534
4535;;;***
4536
4537;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
4538;;;;;; (13363 2815))
4539;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
4540
4541(autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
4542Initialize elint." t nil)
4543
4544;;;***
4545
4546;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
4547;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
4548;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6112))
4549;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
4550
4551(autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
4552Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
4553FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4554
4555(autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
4556Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
4557Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4558
4559(autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
4560Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
4561Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
4562
4563(autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
4564Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
4565For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
4566
4567 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
4568
4569(autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
4570Display current profiling results.
4571If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
4572information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
4573displayed." t nil)
4574
4575(autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
4576Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
4577
4578;;;***
4579
4580;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
4581;;;;;; (13649 21490))
4582;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
4583
4584(autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
4585Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
4586Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
4587
4588;;;***
4589
4590;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
4591;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
4592;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
4593;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
4594;;;;;; "emerge.el" (13661 53123))
4595;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
4596
4597(defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
4598
4599(fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
4600
4601(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
4602
4603(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
4604
4605(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
4606
4607(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
4608
4609(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
4610
4611(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
4612
4613(define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
4614
4615(autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
4616Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
4617
4618(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4619Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
4620
4621(autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
4622Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
4623
4624(autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4625Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
4626
4627(autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4628
4629(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4630
4631(autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4632
4633(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4634
4635(autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
4636Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
4637
4638(autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4639Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
4640
4641(autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
4642
4643;;;***
4644
4645;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
4646;;;;;; (14035 16830))
4647;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
4648
4649(autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
4650Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
4651With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4652
4653You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
4654\\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
4655automatically.
4656
4657In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
4658as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
4659\\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
4660
4661;;;***
4662
4663;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
4664;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14228 23900))
4665;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
4666
4667(autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
4668Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
4669These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
4670text/enriched format.
4671Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
4672
4673More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
4674etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
4675
4676Commands:
4677
4678\\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
4679
4680(autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4681
4682(autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4683
4684;;;***
4685
4686;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12080))
4687;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
4688
4689(autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
4690Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
4691VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
4692`nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
4693
4694Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
4695Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
4696appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
4697
4698This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
4699
4700;;;***
4701
4702;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
4703;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
4704;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
4705;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
4706;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
4707;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (13878 24272))
4708;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
4709
4710(defvar tags-file-name nil "\
4711*File name of tags table.
4712To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
4713If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
4714Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4715 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
4716
4717(defvar tags-table-list nil "\
4718*List of file names of tags tables to search.
4719An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
4720To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
4721If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
4722Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4723
4724(defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
4725*Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
4726t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
4727Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
4728to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
4729
4730(defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
4731*Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
4732The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
4733not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
4734
4735(defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
4736*A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
4737If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
4738has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
4739Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
4740
4741(autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
4742Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
4743FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
4744A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
4745
4746Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
4747With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
4748When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
4749in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
4750file the tag was in." t nil)
4751
4752(autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
4753Return a list of files in the current tags table.
4754Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
4755as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
4756without directory names." nil nil)
4757
4758(autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
4759Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4760Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
4761but does not select the buffer.
4762The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
4763
4764If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4765another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4766multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4767is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
4768or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4769
4770If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4771
4772A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4773onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4774Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4775
4776See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4777
4778(autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
4779Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4780Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
4781The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
4782
4783If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4784another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4785multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4786is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
4787or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4788
4789If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4790
4791A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4792onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4793Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4794
4795See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4796 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
4797
4798(autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
4799Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4800Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
4801move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
4802around or before point.
4803
4804If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4805another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4806multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4807is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
4808just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4809
4810If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4811
4812A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4813onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4814Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4815
4816See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4817 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
4818
4819(autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
4820Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4821Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
4822move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
4823around or before point.
4824
4825If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4826another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4827multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4828is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
4829just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4830
4831If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4832
4833A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4834onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4835Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4836
4837See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4838 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
4839
4840(autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
4841Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
4842Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
4843
4844If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4845another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4846multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4847is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
4848just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4849
4850If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
4851
4852A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4853onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4854Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4855
4856See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4857 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
4858 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
4859
4860(autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
4861Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
4862
4863This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
4864since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
4865where they were found." t nil)
4866
4867(autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
4868Select next file among files in current tags table.
4869
4870A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
4871beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
4872neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
4873
4874Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
4875 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
4876
4877Value is nil if the file was already visited;
4878if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
4879
4880(autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
4881Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
4882Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
4883argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
4884
4885Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
4886`tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
4887interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
4888evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
4889nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
4890 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
4891
4892(autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
4893Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
4894Stops when a match is found.
4895To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
4896
4897See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4898
4899(autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
4900Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
4901Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4902If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
4903with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
4904
4905See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4906
4907(autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
4908Display list of tags in file FILE.
4909This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
4910FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
4911directory specification." t nil)
4912
4913(autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
4914Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
4915
4916(autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
4917Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
4918The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
4919see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
4920
4921(autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
4922Perform tags completion on the text around point.
4923Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
4924The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
4925for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
4926
4927;;;***
4928
4929;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
4930;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
4931;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
4932;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
4933;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
4934;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
4935;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
4936;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
4937;;;;;; (14180 44051))
4938;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
4939
4940(autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
4941Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
4942
4943(autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
4944
4945(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
4946Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
4947The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
4948and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
4949
4950If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
4951begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
4952language.
4953
4954If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
4955even if the buffer is read-only.
4956
4957See also the descriptions of the variables
4958`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
4959`ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
4960
4961(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
4962Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
4963
4964The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
4965language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
4966
4967If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
4968begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
4969language.
4970
4971If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
4972buffer is read-only.
4973
4974See also the descriptions of the variables
4975`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
4976`ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
4977
4978(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
4979Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
4980If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
4981
4982(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
4983Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
4984
4985If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
4986convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
4987
4988If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
4989and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
4990
4991(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
4992Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
4993Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
4994The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
4995
4996(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
4997Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
4998The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
4999language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5000
5001If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5002the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5003the primary language.
5004
5005If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5006buffer is read-only.
5007
5008See also the descriptions of the variables
5009`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5010`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5011
5012(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5013Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5014The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5015language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5016
5017If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5018region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5019primary language.
5020
5021If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5022buffer is read-only.
5023
5024See also the descriptions of the variables
5025`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5026`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5027
5028(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5029Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5030If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5031
5032(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5033Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5034
5035If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5036 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5037 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5038 3) convert the body into SERA.
5039
5040The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5041
5042(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5043Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5044The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5045
5046(autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5047Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5048
5049(autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5050Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5051
5052In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5053Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5054be 1, 2, or 3.
5055
5056If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5057If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5058If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5059
5060The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5061
5062(autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5063Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5064
5065(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5066Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5067Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5068
5069(autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5070Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5071
5072(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5073Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5074
5075Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5076character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5077
5078If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5079Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5080
5081(autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5082Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5083
5084(autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5085Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5086
5087(autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5088Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5089
5090;;;***
5091
5092;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5093;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33475))
5094;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5095
5096(autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5097Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5098The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5099`executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5100when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5101executable." t nil)
5102
5103(autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5104Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5105The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5106
5107;;;***
5108
5109;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5110;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49584))
5111;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5112
5113(autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5114Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5115ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5116has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5117
5118ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5119
5120EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5121expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5122to generate such functions.
5123
5124ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5125numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5126beginning of the expanded text.
5127
5128If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5129member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5130cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5131`expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5132
5133If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5134
5135(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5136Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5137This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5138
5139(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5140Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5141This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5142 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5143 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5144
5145;;;***
5146
5147;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (13970 7858))
5148;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5149
5150(autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5151Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5152
5153\\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5154\\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5155\\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5156
5157Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5158
5159Key definitions:
5160\\{f90-mode-map}
5161
5162Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5163
5164 f90-do-indent
5165 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5166 f90-if-indent
5167 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5168 f90-type-indent
5169 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5170 f90-program-indent
5171 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
5172 (default 2)
5173 f90-continuation-indent
5174 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
5175 f90-comment-region
5176 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
5177 region. (default \"!!!$\")
5178 f90-indented-comment-re
5179 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
5180 (default \"!\")
5181 f90-directive-comment-re
5182 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
5183 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
5184 f90-break-delimiters
5185 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
5186 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
5187 f90-break-before-delimiters
5188 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
5189 (default t)
5190 f90-beginning-ampersand
5191 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
5192 f90-smart-end
5193 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
5194 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
5195 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
5196 f90-auto-keyword-case
5197 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
5198 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
5199 f90-leave-line-no
5200 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
5201 f90-startup-message
5202 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
5203 f90-keywords-re
5204 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
5205
5206Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
5207with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
5208
5209;;;***
5210
5211;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
5212;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
5213;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
5214;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
5215;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (13453 47399))
5216;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
5217 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
5218 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
5219
5220(defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
5221Menu keymap for faces.")
5222
5223(defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
5224
5225(defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
5226Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
5227
5228(defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
5229
5230(defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
5231Menu keymap for background colors")
5232
5233(defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
5234
5235(defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
5236Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
5237
5238(defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
5239
5240(defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
5241Submenu for text justification commands.")
5242
5243(defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
5244
5245(defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
5246Submenu for indentation commands.")
5247
5248(defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
5249
5250(defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
5251Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
5252
5253(setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
5254
5255(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
5256
5257(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
5258
5259(defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
5260
5261(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
5262Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
5263It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
5264will not show through at all will be removed.
5265
5266Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
5267
5268If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5269this command sets the region to the requested face.
5270
5271Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5272inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5273typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5274
5275(autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
5276Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
5277The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
5278If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5279it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5280character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5281the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5282typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5283
5284(autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
5285Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
5286The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
5287If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5288it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5289character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5290the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5291typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5292
5293(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
5294Set the face of the region or next character typed.
5295This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
5296is the menu item's name.
5297
5298If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5299this command sets the region to the requested face.
5300
5301Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5302inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5303typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5304
5305(autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
5306Make the region invisible.
5307This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
5308`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5309
5310(autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
5311Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
5312This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
5313`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5314
5315(autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
5316Make the region unmodifiable.
5317This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
5318`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5319
5320(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
5321Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
5322
5323(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
5324Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
5325
5326(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
5327Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
5328These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
5329
5330(autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
5331Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
5332
5333(autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
5334Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
5335
5336(autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
5337Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
5338If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
5339colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
5340of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
5341
5342;;;***
5343
5344;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
5345;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14139 58050))
5346;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
5347
5348(autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
5349Toggle Fast Lock mode.
5350With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
5351is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
5352
5353 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
5354
5355If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
5356properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
5357buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
5358
5359Font Lock caches may be saved:
5360- When you save the file's buffer.
5361- When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
5362- When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
5363Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
5364See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
5365
5366Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
5367
5368Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
5369see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
5370For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
5371`fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
5372
5373(autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
5374Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
5375
5376(when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
5377
5378;;;***
5379
5380;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
5381;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
5382;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 26165))
5383;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
5384
5385(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
5386Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
5387
5388(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
5389Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
5390This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
5391bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
5392
5393(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
5394Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
5395Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
5396messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
5397backup file names and the like)." t nil)
5398
5399(autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
5400Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
5401Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
5402is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
5403is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
5404or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
5405internally by feedmail):
5406
5407 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
5408 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
5409 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
5410 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
5411
5412WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
5413the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
5414to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
5415by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
5416you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
5417
5418;;;***
5419
5420;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point
5421;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 36699))
5422;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
5423
5424(autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
5425Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
5426Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
5427Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
5428Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
5429double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
5430Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
5431
5432(autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
5433Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
5434If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
5435With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
5436If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
5437See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
5438and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
5439
5440See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
5441
5442(autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\
5443A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil)
5444
5445(autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
5446Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
5447Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
5448cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
5449The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
5450a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
5451
5452(autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
5453Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
5454Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
5455Return value:
5456 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
5457 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
5458 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
5459
5460(autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
5461Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
5462
5463;;;***
5464
5465;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
5466;;;;;; (14027 1470))
5467;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
5468
5469(autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
5470Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
5471Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
5472the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
5473the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
5474the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
5475\(directories) is done." t nil)
5476 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5477 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5478 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5479
5480;;;***
5481
5482;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
5483;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (13717 27320))
5484;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
5485
5486(defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
5487*Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
5488This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
5489gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
5490LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
5491
5492(defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
5493*Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
5494On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
5495On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
5496
5497(autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
5498Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
5499The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5500
5501 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
5502
5503except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
5504as the final argument." t nil)
5505
5506(autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
5507Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
5508and run dired on those files.
5509PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
5510The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5511
5512 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
5513
5514(autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
5515Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
5516The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5517
5518 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
5519
5520Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
5521
5522;;;***
5523
5524;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
5525;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
5526;;;;;; (13937 22881))
5527;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
5528
5529(autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
5530Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5531See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
5532
5533If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
5534
5535(autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5536Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5537Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
5538
5539If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
5540If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
5541
5542Variables of interest include:
5543
5544 - ff-case-fold-search
5545 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
5546 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
5547
5548 - ff-always-in-other-window
5549 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
5550 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
5551
5552 - ff-ignore-include
5553 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
5554
5555 - ff-always-try-to-create
5556 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
5557
5558 - ff-quiet-mode
5559 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
5560
5561 - ff-special-constructs
5562 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
5563 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
5564 extracting the filename from that construct.
5565
5566 - ff-other-file-alist
5567 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
5568
5569 - ff-search-directories
5570 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
5571 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
5572
5573 - ff-pre-find-hooks
5574 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
5575
5576 - ff-pre-load-hooks
5577 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
5578
5579 - ff-post-load-hooks
5580 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
5581
5582 - ff-not-found-hooks
5583 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
5584
5585 - ff-file-created-hooks
5586 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
5587
5588(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5589Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5590
5591(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
5592Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5593
5594;;;***
5595
5596;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
5597;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
5598;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
5599;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
5600;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
5601;;;;;; (13980 37653))
5602;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
5603
5604(autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
5605Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
5606
5607Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
5608in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5609not selected.
5610
5611If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
5612searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
5613in `load-path'." nil nil)
5614
5615(autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
5616Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
5617
5618Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
5619near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
5620places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5621it is one of the current buffers.
5622
5623The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
5624`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5625See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5626
5627(autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
5628Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5629
5630See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5631
5632(autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5633Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5634
5635See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5636
5637(autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
5638Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
5639
5640Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
5641in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5642not selected.
5643
5644The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5645`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
5646
5647(autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
5648Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
5649
5650Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
5651near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
5652places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5653it is one of the current buffers.
5654
5655The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5656`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5657See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5658
5659(autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
5660Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5661
5662See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5663
5664(autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5665Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5666
5667See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5668
5669(autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
5670Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
5671Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
5672
5673(autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
5674Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5675
5676(autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
5677Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5678
5679(autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
5680Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
5681
5682;;;***
5683
5684;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
5685;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 53108))
5686;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
5687
5688(autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
5689Toggle flow control handling.
5690When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
5691With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
5692
5693(autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
5694Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
5695Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
5696on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
5697you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
5698to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
5699
5700;;;***
5701
5702;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
5703;;;;;; (14218 3459))
5704;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
5705
5706(autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
5707Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
5708Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
5709The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
5710With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
5711With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
5712
5713Bindings:
5714\\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
5715\\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
5716\\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
5717
5718Hooks:
5719flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
5720
5721Remark:
5722`flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
5723valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
5724invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
5725
5726Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
5727consider adding:
5728\(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
5729in your .emacs file.
5730
5731flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
5732
5733flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
5734
5735(autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
5736Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
5737
5738;;;***
5739
5740;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
5741;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
5742;;;;;; (13674 33097))
5743;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
5744
5745(autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5746Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5747
5748(autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5749Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5750
5751(autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
5752Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
5753
5754The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
5755of two major techniques:
5756
5757* The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
5758 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
5759 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
5760
5761* Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
5762 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
5763 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
5764 movement commands.
5765
5766Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
5767side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
5768mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
5769one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
5770and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
5771mileage may vary).
5772
5773To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
5774`\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
5775
5776Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
5777
5778If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
5779will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
5780\(This is the default.)
5781
5782When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
5783is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
5784
5785Keys specific to Follow mode:
5786\\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
5787
5788(autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
5789Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
5790
5791Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
5792in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
5793frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
5794side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
5795two windows always will display two successive pages.
5796\(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
5797
5798If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
5799the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
5800selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
5801
5802To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
5803in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
5804 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
5805
5806;;;***
5807
5808;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
5809;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode)
5810;;;;;; "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14230 12346))
5811;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
5812
5813(defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
5814Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
5815
5816(autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
5817Toggle Font Lock mode.
5818With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5819
5820When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
5821
5822 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
5823 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
5824 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
5825 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
5826
5827You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
5828the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
5829
5830 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
5831
5832Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
5833Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
5834of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
5835
5836 (global-font-lock-mode t)
5837
5838There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
5839in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
5840major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
5841`font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
5842When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
5843fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
5844
5845For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
5846mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
5847
5848 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
5849 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
5850
5851To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
5852selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
5853use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
5854
5855To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
5856size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
5857
5858To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
5859lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
5860syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
5861
5862See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
5863settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
5864buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
5865
5866(autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
5867Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
5868Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
5869
5870(autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
5871Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
5872MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
5873or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
5874KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
5875By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
5876If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
5877highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
5878end of the current highlighting list.
5879
5880For example:
5881
5882 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
5883 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
5884 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
5885
5886adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
5887comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
5888
5889Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
5890see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
5891`objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
5892
5893(autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
5894Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
5895With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5896Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
5897Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
5898
5899When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
5900turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
5901
5902(autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
5903Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
5904
5905;;;***
5906
5907;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
5908;;;;;; (14094 46514))
5909;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
5910
5911(autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
5912Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
5913FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
5914 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
5915Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
5916
5917Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
5918\(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
5919If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
5920FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
5921may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
5922fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
5923
5924If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
5925signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
5926
5927It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
5928
5929;;;***
5930
5931;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
5932;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14162 18837))
5933;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
5934
5935(autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
5936Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
5937
5938Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
5939 TAB forms-next-field TAB
5940 C-c TAB forms-next-field
5941 C-c < forms-first-record <
5942 C-c > forms-last-record >
5943 C-c ? describe-mode ?
5944 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
5945 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
5946 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
5947 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
5948 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
5949 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
5950 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
5951 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
5952 C-c C-x forms-exit x
5953" t nil)
5954
5955(autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
5956Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
5957
5958(autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
5959Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
5960
5961;;;***
5962
5963;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
5964;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14164 461))
5965;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
5966
5967(defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
5968*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
5969A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
5970A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
5971with a character in column 6.")
5972
5973(autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
5974Major mode for editing Fortran code.
5975\\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
5976DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
5977
5978Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
5979Fortran keywords.
5980
5981Key definitions:
5982\\{fortran-mode-map}
5983
5984Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5985
5986 `comment-start'
5987 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
5988 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
5989 `fortran-do-indent'
5990 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5991 `fortran-if-indent'
5992 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
5993 `fortran-structure-indent'
5994 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
5995 (default 3)
5996 `fortran-continuation-indent'
5997 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
5998 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
5999 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6000 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6001 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6002 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6003 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6004 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6005 (for TAB format continuation style).
6006 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6007 indentation for a line of code.
6008 (default 'fixed)
6009 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6010 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6011 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6012 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6013 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6014 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6015 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6016 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6017 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6018 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6019 column 5. (default 1)
6020 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6021 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6022 statements. (default nil)
6023 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6024 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6025 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6026 statement. (default nil)
6027 `fortran-continuation-string'
6028 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6029 line. (default \"$\")
6030 `fortran-comment-region'
6031 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6032 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6033 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6034 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6035 as typed. (default t)
6036 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6037 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6038 (default t)
6039
6040Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6041with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6042
6043;;;***
6044
6045;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6046;;;;;; (13973 2889))
6047;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6048
6049(autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6050Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6051
6052Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6053 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6054
6055NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6056name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6057function.
6058
6059COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6060a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6061or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6062comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6063pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6064Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6065
6066KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6067Each keyword should be a string.
6068
6069FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6070in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6071
6072AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6073These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6074is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6075
6076FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6077
6078See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6079
6080(autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6081Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6082\(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6083comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6084
6085To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6086Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6087
6088;;;***
6089
6090;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6091;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
6092;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6093
6094(autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6095Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6096
6097(autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6098Read network news.
6099If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6100startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6101If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6102prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6103As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6104
6105(autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6106Read news as a slave." t nil)
6107
6108(autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6109Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6110
6111(autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6112Read network news.
6113If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6114startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6115prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6116
6117;;;***
6118
6119;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6120;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6121;;;;;; (14029 49119))
6122;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6123
6124(autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6125Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
6126
6127(autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6128Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
6129
6130(autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
6131Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
6132The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
6133last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
6134
6135\(gnus-agentize)
6136
6137This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
6138and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
6139agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
6140
6141(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
6142Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
6143
6144(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
6145
6146;;;***
6147
6148;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
6149;;;;;; (14030 49345))
6150;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
6151
6152(autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
6153Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
6154
6155;;;***
6156
6157;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
6158;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
6159;;;;;; 49350))
6160;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
6161
6162(autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
6163Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
6164
6165Usage:
6166$ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
6167
6168(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
6169Generate the cache active file." t nil)
6170
6171(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
6172Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
6173
6174;;;***
6175
6176;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
6177;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56450))
6178;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
6179
6180(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
6181Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
6182Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
6183
6184(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
6185Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
6186
6187;;;***
6188
6189;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
6190;;;;;; (14030 49385))
6191;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
6192
6193(defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
6194
6195(autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
6196Run batched scoring.
6197Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
6198
6199;;;***
6200
6201;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
6202;;;;;; (14030 49391))
6203;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
6204
6205(autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
6206Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
6207Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
6208
6209;;;***
6210
6211;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
6212;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5285))
6213;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
6214
6215(autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
6216Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
6217All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
6218If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
6219coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
6220
6221(autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
6222Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
6223
6224;;;***
6225
6226;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
6227;;;;;; (14030 49414))
6228;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
6229
6230(autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
6231Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
6232Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
6233for matching on group names.
6234
6235For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
6236groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
6237
6238$ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
6239
6240Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
6241
6242;;;***
6243
6244;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
6245;;;;;; (14030 49416))
6246;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
6247
6248(autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
6249Update the format specification near point." t nil)
6250
6251;;;***
6252
6253;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
6254;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14030 49423))
6255;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
6256
6257(autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
6258Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
6259
6260(autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
6261Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
6262
6263;;;***
6264
6265;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
6266;;;;;; (14030 49464))
6267;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
6268
6269(autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
6270Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
6271
6272;;;***
6273
6274;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33305))
6275;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
6276
6277(autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
6278Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
6279If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
6280If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
6281If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
6282
6283You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
6284and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
6285marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
6286
6287You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
6288\\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
6289Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
6290
6291;;;***
6292
6293;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
6294;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (13884 38368))
6295;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
6296
6297(autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
6298Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
6299Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
6300`goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6301there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
6302
6303(autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
6304Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
6305Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
6306`goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6307there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
6308
6309(autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
6310Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
6311Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
6312or to send e-mail.
6313By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
6314
6315Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
6316`goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
6317
6318;;;***
6319
6320;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14228 23893))
6321;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
6322
6323(autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
6324Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
6325SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
6326and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
6327the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
6328
6329;;;***
6330
6331;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
6332;;;;;; (14130 46613))
6333;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
6334
6335(autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
6336Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6337The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6338and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6339
6340(autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
6341Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6342The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6343and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6344
6345(autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
6346Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6347The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6348and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6349
6350(autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
6351Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6352The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6353and source-file directory for your debugger.
6354
6355You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
6356directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
6357
6358(autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
6359Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6360The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6361and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6362
6363(autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
6364Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
6365The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6366and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6367
6368(autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
6369Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
6370\"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
6371if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
6372between it and it's value." t nil)
6373 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
6374
6375;;;***
6376
6377;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
6378;;;;;; 23498))
6379;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
6380
6381(autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
6382Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
6383The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
6384and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
6385
6386Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
6387 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
6388 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
6389 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
6390
6391;;;***
6392
6393;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (12579 52103))
6394;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
6395
6396(autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
6397Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
6398
6399;;;***
6400
6401;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (13838 43658))
6402;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
6403
6404(defvar three-step-help nil "\
6405*Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
6406The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
6407and window listing and describing the options.
6408A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
6409\\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
6410
6411;;;***
6412
6413;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
6414;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
6415;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
6416
6417(autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
6418Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
6419
6420(autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
6421Provide help for current mode." t nil)
6422
6423;;;***
6424
6425;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
6426;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14124 7361))
6427;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
6428
6429(autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
6430\\<hexl-mode-map>
6431A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
6432
6433This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
6434using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
6435
6436Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
6437representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
6438are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
6439values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
6440
6441If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
6442unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
6443periods.
6444
6445If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
6446in hexl format.
6447
6448A sample format:
6449
6450 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
6451 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
6452 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
6453 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
6454 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
6455 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
6456 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
6457 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
6458 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
6459 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
6460 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
6461 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
6462 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
6463 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
6464 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
6465
6466Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
6467cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
6468to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
6469
6470Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
6471also supported.
6472
6473There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
6474
6475ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
6476bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
6477insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
6478
6479\\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
6480it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
6481of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
6482
6483\\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
6484into the buffer at the current point.
6485
6486\\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
6487into the buffer at the current point.
6488
6489\\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
6490into the buffer at the current point.
6491
6492\\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
6493
6494Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
6495will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
6496
6497You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
6498
6499\\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
6500
6501(autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
6502Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
6503Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
6504
6505(autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
6506Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
6507This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
6508
6509;;;***
6510
6511;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
6512;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (13859 9225))
6513;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
6514
6515(autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
6516Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
6517With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6518In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
6519would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
6520how the hiding is done:
6521
6522hide-ifdef-env
6523 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
6524 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
6525 is used.
6526
6527hide-ifdef-define-alist
6528 An association list of defined symbol lists.
6529 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6530 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6531 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
6532
6533hide-ifdef-lines
6534 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
6535 #endif lines when hiding.
6536
6537hide-ifdef-initially
6538 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
6539 is activated.
6540
6541hide-ifdef-read-only
6542 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
6543 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
6544
6545\\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
6546
6547(defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
6548*Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
6549
6550(defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
6551*Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
6552
6553(defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
6554*Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
6555
6556;;;***
6557
6558;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all
6559;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
6560;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001))
6561;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
6562
6563(defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
6564Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
6565
6566(defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\
6567Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block.
6568If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the
6569hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown.
6570A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see.
6571
6572An example of how this works: (in C mode)
6573original:
6574
6575 /* My function main
6576 some more stuff about main
6577 */
6578 int
6579 main(void)
6580 {
6581 int x=0;
6582 return 0;
6583 }
6584
6585
6586hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil
6587 /* My function main...
6588 */
6589 int
6590 main(void)
6591 {...
6592 }
6593
6594hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t
6595 /* My function main...
6596 int
6597 main(void)...
6598
6599For the last case you have to be on the line containing the
6600ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.")
6601
6602(defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
6603*Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
6604It has the form
6605 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
6606If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end
6607and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have
6608single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used
6609by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is
6610available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of
6611`forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning'
6612to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
6613
6614If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values
6615using function `hs-grok-mode-type'.
6616
6617Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.")
6618
6619(autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\
6620Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
6621Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook
6622`hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'.
6623If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil)
6624
6625(autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\
6626Toggle hiding/showing of a block.
6627Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil)
6628
6629(autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
6630Toggle hideshow minor mode.
6631With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
6632When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
6633commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
6634The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6635Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc
6636for `run-hooks'.
6637
6638The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
6639`hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'.
6640Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'.
6641
6642Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
6643variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
6644
6645Key bindings:
6646\\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
6647
6648;;;***
6649
6650;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
6651;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
6652;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
6653;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14082 18582))
6654;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
6655
6656(autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
6657Remove the change face from the region.
6658This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
6659
6660(autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
6661Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
6662
6663Without an argument,
6664 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
6665 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
6666 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
6667
6668With an argument,
6669 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
6670 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
6671 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
6672
6673Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
6674Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
6675 not displayed in a different face.
6676
6677Functions:
6678\\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
6679\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
6680\\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
6681 buffer with the contents of a file
6682\\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
6683\\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
6684 various faces.
6685
6686
6687Hook variables:
6688highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
6689highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
6690highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
6691" t nil)
6692
6693(autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6694Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6695
6696(autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6697Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6698
6699(autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
6700Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
6701
6702Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
6703of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
6704face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
6705shown in the last face in the list.
6706
6707You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
6708by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
6709buffer to be saved):
6710 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
6711" t nil)
6712
6713(autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
6714Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
6715
6716The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
6717and not in read-only mode.
6718
6719If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
6720when called interactively.
6721
6722If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
6723have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
6724temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
6725
6726If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
6727changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
6728\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
6729
6730(autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
6731Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
6732
6733When called interactively:
6734- if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
6735- if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
6736- if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
6737- if called with a negative prefix turn it off
6738
6739When called from a program:
6740- if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
6741- if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
6742- if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
6743- otherwise just turn it on
6744
6745When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
6746on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
6747variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
6748\"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
6749
6750;;;***
6751
6752;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
6753;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
6754;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
6755;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (13674
6756;;;;;; 32879))
6757;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
6758
6759(defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
6760The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
6761To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
6762or insert functions in this list.")
6763
6764(defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
6765*Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
6766
6767(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
6768*Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
6769
6770(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
6771*Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
6772
6773(defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
6774*Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
6775
6776(defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
6777*The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
6778If nil, all buffers are searched.")
6779
6780(defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
6781*A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
6782Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
6783\(as atoms)")
6784
6785(defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
6786*A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
6787Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
6788\(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
6789`hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
6790
6791(autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
6792Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
6793The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
6794tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
6795application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
6796expansions.
6797With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
6798function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
6799undoes the expansion." t nil)
6800
6801(autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
6802Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
6803Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
6804argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
6805
6806;;;***
6807
6808;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
6809;;;;;; (13462 53924))
6810;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
6811
6812(autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
6813Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
6814
6815The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
6816documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
6817
6818The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
6819
6820;;;***
6821
6822;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
6823;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14210 21345))
6824;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
6825
6826(autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
6827Unconditionally turn on Hscroll mode in the current buffer." nil nil)
6828
6829(autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
6830Toggle HScroll mode in the current buffer.
6831With ARG, turn HScroll mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
6832In HScroll mode, truncated lines will automatically scroll left or
6833right when point gets near either edge of the window.
6834 See also \\[hscroll-global-mode]." t nil)
6835
6836(autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
6837Toggle HScroll mode in all buffers (excepting minibuffers).
6838With ARG, turn HScroll mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
6839If a buffer ever has HScroll mode set locally (via \\[hscroll-mode]),
6840it will forever use the local value (i.e., \\[hscroll-global-mode]
6841will have no effect on it).
6842 See also \\[hscroll-mode]." t nil)
6843
6844;;;***
6845
6846;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
6847;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14118 2220))
6848;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
6849
6850(autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
6851Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
6852Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
6853
6854(autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
6855Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
6856Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
6857
6858;;;***
6859
6860;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 38921))
6861;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
6862
6863(autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
6864Major mode for editing Icon code.
6865Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
6866Tab indents for Icon code.
6867Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
6868Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
6869\\{icon-mode-map}
6870Variables controlling indentation style:
6871 icon-tab-always-indent
6872 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
6873 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6874 icon-auto-newline
6875 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
6876 inserted in Icon code.
6877 icon-indent-level
6878 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
6879 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
6880 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
6881 icon-continued-statement-offset
6882 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
6883 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
6884 icon-continued-brace-offset
6885 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
6886 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
6887 icon-brace-offset
6888 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
6889 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
6890 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
6891 this far to the right of the start of its line.
6892
6893Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
6894with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6895
6896;;;***
6897
6898;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 46794))
6899;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
6900 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
6901
6902(autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
6903Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
6904Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
6905
6906;;;***
6907
6908;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
6909;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
6910;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14228 23898))
6911;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
6912
6913(autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
6914Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
6915Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
6916be determined." nil nil)
6917
6918(autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
6919Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
6920Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
6921
6922(autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
6923Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
6924Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
6925or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
6926If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
6927Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
6928like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
6929Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
6930
6931(autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
6932Put image IMAGE in front of POS in BUFFER.
6933IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
6934POS may be an integer or marker.
6935BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
6936AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
6937display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
6938display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
6939means display it in the right marginal area.
6940IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into BUFFER with a
6941`before-string' that has a `display' property whose value is the
6942image." nil nil)
6943
6944(autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
6945Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
6946AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
6947display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
6948display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
6949means display it in the right marginal area.
6950IMAGE is displayed by inserting an \"x\" into the current buffer
6951having a `display' property whose value is the image." nil nil)
6952
6953(autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
6954Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
6955Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
6956BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
6957
6958(autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
6959Define SYMBOL as an image.
6960
6961SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
6962documentation string.
6963
6964Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
6965a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
6966least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
6967is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
6968file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
6969is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
6970
6971Example:
6972
6973 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
6974 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
6975
6976;;;***
6977
6978;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
6979;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14090 26268))
6980;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
6981
6982(defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
6983*The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
6984
6985Affects only the mouse index menu.
6986
6987Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
6988The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
6989in the buffer.
6990
6991Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
6992
6993The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
6994element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
6995\(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
6996
6997(defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
6998The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
6999
7000If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
7001to create a buffer index.
7002
7003The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
7004 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
7005or like this:
7006 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
7007with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
7008the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
7009of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
7010with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
7011
7012MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
7013entries are not nested.
7014
7015REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
7016to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
7017etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
7018menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
7019
7020INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
7021function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
7022
7023The variable is buffer-local.
7024
7025The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
7026regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
7027used to alter the syntax table for the search.
7028
7029For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
7030`lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
7031locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
7032syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
7033
7034(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
7035
7036(defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
7037The function to use for creating a buffer index.
7038
7039It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
7040of the current buffer as an alist.
7041
7042Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
7043Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
7044A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
7045The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
7046if it is a sub-alist.
7047
7048This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
7049
7050The variable is buffer-local.")
7051
7052(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
7053
7054(defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
7055Function for finding the next index position.
7056
7057If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
7058`imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
7059to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
7060file.
7061
7062The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
7063index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
7064
7065This variable is local in all buffers.")
7066
7067(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
7068
7069(defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
7070Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
7071
7072This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
7073finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
7074It should return the name for that index item.
7075
7076This variable is local in all buffers.")
7077
7078(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
7079
7080(defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
7081The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
7082The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
7083
7084(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
7085
7086(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
7087
7088(autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
7089Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
7090NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
7091See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
7092
7093(autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
7094Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
7095
7096A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
7097
7098(autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
7099Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
7100INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
7101for more information." t nil)
7102
7103;;;***
7104
7105;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "inf-lisp.el" (13898
7106;;;;;; 16181))
7107;;; Generated autoloads from inf-lisp.el
7108
7109(defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
7110*What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
7111Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
7112mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
7113\(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
7114
7115(defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
7116*Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
7117
7118(defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
7119*Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
7120This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
7121and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
7122to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
7123The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
7124produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
7125but it works only in Common Lisp.")
7126
7127(defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
7128Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
7129Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
7130and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
7131Inferior Lisp buffer.
7132
7133More precise choices:
7134Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
7135franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
7136kcl: \"^>+ *\"
7137
7138This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
7139
7140(defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
7141*Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
7142
7143(autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
7144Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
7145If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
7146to that buffer.
7147With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
7148of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
7149`inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
7150\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7151 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
7152
7153(defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
7154
7155;;;***
7156
7157;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
7158;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
7159;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14115 64939))
7160;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
7161
7162(autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
7163Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
7164 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
7165
7166(autoload (quote info) "info" "\
7167Enter Info, the documentation browser.
7168Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
7169the default is the top-level directory of Info.
7170
7171In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
7172to read a file name from the minibuffer.
7173
7174The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
7175The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
7176in all the directories in that path." t nil)
7177
7178(autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
7179Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
7180Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
7181In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
7182
7183(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
7184Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
7185The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7186or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7187the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7188
7189(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
7190Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
7191Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
7192The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7193or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7194the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7195
7196(autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
7197Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
7198This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
7199
7200;;;***
7201
7202;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
7203;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
7204;;;;;; (14177 55621))
7205;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
7206
7207(autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
7208Throw away all cached data.
7209This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
7210quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
7211system." t nil)
7212
7213(autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
7214Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
7215When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
7216In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
7217into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7218The default symbol is the one found at point." t nil)
7219
7220(autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
7221Display the documentation of a file.
7222When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
7223In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
7224into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7225The default file name is the one found at point." t nil)
7226
7227(autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
7228Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
7229
7230(autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
7231Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
7232
7233;;;***
7234
7235;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
7236;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (13728 5098))
7237;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
7238
7239(autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
7240Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
7241
7242(autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
7243Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
7244Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
7245
7246To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
7247table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
7248should be saved in place of the original visited file.
7249
7250The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
7251in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
7252file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
7253contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
7254
7255(autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
7256Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
7257Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
7258
7259(autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
7260Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
7261Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
7262Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
7263For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
7264
7265;;;***
7266
7267;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
7268;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
7269;;;;;; (13770 34350))
7270;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
7271
7272(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7273Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
7274
7275(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7276Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
7277
7278(autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
7279
7280;;;***
7281
7282;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
7283;;;;;; (14127 16153))
7284;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
7285
7286(autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
7287Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
7288This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
7289When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
7290\(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
7291letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
7292
7293You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
7294with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
7295
7296Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
7297~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
7298~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
7299\"s gives German sharp s.
7300/a gives a with ring.
7301/e gives an a-e ligature.
7302~< and ~> give guillemots.
7303~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
7304~? gives an inverted question mark.
7305
7306With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
7307and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
7308
7309;;;***
7310
7311;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
7312;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
7313;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
7314;;;;;; (13768 42797))
7315;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
7316
7317(autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
7318Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
7319The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7320Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7321`format-alist')." t nil)
7322
7323(autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
7324Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
7325The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7326Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7327`format-alist')." t nil)
7328
7329(autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
7330Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
7331The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7332Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7333`format-alist')." t nil)
7334
7335(autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7336Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7337The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7338Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7339`format-alist')." t nil)
7340
7341(autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7342Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7343The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7344Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7345`format-alist')." t nil)
7346
7347(autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
7348Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7349The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7350Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7351`format-alist')." t nil)
7352
7353(autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
7354Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7355The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7356Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7357`format-alist')." t nil)
7358
7359(autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7360Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
7361
7362(autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7363Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
7364
7365(autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
7366Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
7367
7368;;;***
7369
7370;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
7371;;;;;; (14164 4446))
7372;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
7373 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
7374 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
7375 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
7376
7377;;;***
7378
7379;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
7380;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
7381;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
7382;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
7383;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "ispell.el" (14218 3684))
7384;;; Generated autoloads from ispell.el
7385
7386(defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
7387*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
7388If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
7389where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
7390
7391(defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
7392*Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
7393See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
7394
7395(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
7396
7397(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
7398
7399(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7400
7401(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
7402
7403(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
7404
7405(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-C" "-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7406
7407(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
7408An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
7409
7410Each element of this list is also a list:
7411
7412\(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
7413 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
7414
7415DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
7416nil means the default dictionary.
7417
7418CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
7419word.
7420
7421NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
7422
7423OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
7424used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
7425and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
7426otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
7427regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
7428\"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
7429\"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
7430If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
7431Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
7432
7433MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
7434Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
7435single word.
7436
7437ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
7438subprocess.
7439
7440EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
7441have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
7442can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
7443in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
7444The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
7445but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
7446Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
7447`ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
7448
7449CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
7450
7451Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
7452contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
7453LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
7454
7455(defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
7456Key map for ispell menu.")
7457
7458(defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
7459Spelling menu for XEmacs.
7460If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
7461and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
7462
7463(defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
7464
7465(if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
7466
7467(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
7468
7469(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
7470
7471(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
7472
7473(defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
7474Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
7475The alist key must be a regular expression.
7476Valid forms include:
7477 (KEY) - just skip the key.
7478 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
7479 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
7480 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
7481
7482(defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
7483*Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
7484First list is used raw.
7485Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
7486
7487Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
7488for skipping in latex mode.")
7489
7490(define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
7491
7492(autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
7493Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
7494If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
7495in a window allowing you to choose one.
7496
7497If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
7498is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
7499\(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
7500When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
7501when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
7502
7503With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
7504resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
7505
7506Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
7507
7508This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
7509or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
7510
7511(autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
7512Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
7513
7514Selections are:
7515
7516DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
7517SPC: Accept word this time.
7518`i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
7519`a': Accept word for this session.
7520`A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
7521`r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
7522`R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
7523`?': Show these commands.
7524`x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
7525`X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
7526 the aborted check to be completed later.
7527`q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
7528`l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
7529`u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
7530`m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
7531`C-l': redraws screen
7532`C-r': recursive edit
7533`C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
7534
7535(autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
7536Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
7537With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
7538
7539(autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
7540Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
7541A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
7542
7543By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
7544
7545With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
7546
7547(autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
7548Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
7549Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
7550
7551(autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
7552Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
7553
7554(autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
7555Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
7556
7557(autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
7558Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
7559
7560(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
7561Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
7562If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
7563sequence inside of a word.
7564
7565Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
7566
7567(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
7568Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
7569
7570(autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
7571Toggle Ispell minor mode.
7572With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
7573
7574In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
7575warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
7576
7577All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
7578them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
7579
7580(autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
7581Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
7582Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
7583Don't check included messages.
7584
7585To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
7586use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
7587The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
7588
7589To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
7590in your .emacs file:
7591 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
7592 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
7593 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
7594 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
7595
7596You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
7597`news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
7598 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
7599
7600;;;***
7601
7602;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
7603;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
7604;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14169 3596))
7605;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
7606
7607(autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7608Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
7609Return the name of a buffer selected.
7610PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
7611buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
7612If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
7613
7614(autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
7615Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
7616Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
7617adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
7618
7619(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7620Switch to another buffer.
7621
7622The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
7623buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
7624default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
7625in another frame.
7626For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7627
7628(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
7629Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
7630The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7631For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7632
7633(autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7634Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
7635The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7636For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7637
7638(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
7639Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
7640The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7641For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7642
7643;;;***
7644
7645;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
7646;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
7647;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
7648;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
7649;;;;;; (13903 50605))
7650;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
7651
7652(autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
7653Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
7654
7655(autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
7656
7657(autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
7658Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
7659The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7660The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7661Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
7662 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
7663 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
7664 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
7665
7666(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
7667Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
7668The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7669The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7670
7671(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
7672Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
7673The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7674The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7675Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
7676
7677(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
7678Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
7679The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7680The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7681
7682(autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
7683Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
7684Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
7685of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
7686
7687(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
7688Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
7689
7690(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7691Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
7692`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7693`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7694Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
7695
7696(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7697Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
7698`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7699`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7700Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
7701
7702(autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
7703Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
7704If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
7705
7706;;;***
7707
7708;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
7709;;;;;; (14228 23899))
7710;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
7711
7712(autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
7713Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
7714With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7715Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
7716
7717When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
7718following ways:
7719
7720- Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
7721 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
7722 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
7723 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
7724 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
7725
7726- Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
7727 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
7728 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
7729 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
7730
7731- Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
7732 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
7733 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
7734 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
7735 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
7736 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
7737 strings or comments span lines.
7738
7739Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
7740If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
7741fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
7742the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
7743
7744(autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
7745Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
7746
7747;;;***
7748
7749;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14097 45967))
7750;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
7751(defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
7752 "\
7753Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
7754With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
7755Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
7756 (interactive "P")
7757 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
7758 (progn
7759 (require 'jka-compr)
7760 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
7761 (toggle-auto-compression)))
7762 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
7763
7764;;;***
7765
7766;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
7767;;;;;; (13866 35246))
7768;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
7769
7770(autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
7771Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
7772LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
7773
7774`Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
7775at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
7776at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
7777respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
7778shorter.
7779
7780`Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
7781in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
7782the context of text formatting." nil nil)
7783
7784;;;***
7785
7786;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
7787;;;;;; 39847))
7788;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
7789
7790(autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
7791Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
7792Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
7793When called from a program, expects two arguments,
7794positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
7795When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
7796and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
7797
7798;;;***
7799
7800;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
7801;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14135 45477))
7802;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
7803
7804(defvar default-korean-keyboard "" "\
7805*The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
7806\"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
7807
7808(autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
7809Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
7810
7811(autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
7812
7813;;;***
7814
7815;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
7816;;;;;; (13850 39344))
7817;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
7818
7819(defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
7820
7821(autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
7822Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
7823
7824(defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
7825
7826(autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
7827Start or resume an Lm game.
7828If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
7829Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
7830
7831prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
7832---------------------------------------------------------------------
7833none / 1 | yes | no
7834 2 | yes | yes
7835 3 | no | yes
7836 4 | no | no
7837
7838You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
7839if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
7840Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7841
7842;;;***
7843
7844;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
7845;;;;;; (13774 36678))
7846;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
7847
7848(autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
7849Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
7850
7851;;;***
7852
7853;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
7854;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (13971 14325))
7855;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
7856
7857(autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
7858Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
7859With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
7860automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7861
7862 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7863
7864When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
7865
7866- Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
7867 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
7868 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
7869 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
7870 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
7871 for large buffers.
7872
7873- Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
7874 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
7875 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
7876 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
7877 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
7878
7879- Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
7880 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
7881 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
7882 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
7883 slow to keep up with your typing.
7884
7885- Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
7886 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
7887 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
7888 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
7889 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
7890 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
7891
7892- Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
7893 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
7894 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
7895 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
7896
7897Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
7898lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
7899on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
7900event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7901
7902Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
7903If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
7904fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
7905the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
7906verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
7907
7908(autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
7909Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
7910
7911;;;***
7912
7913;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
7914;;;;;; (13229 28763))
7915;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
7916
7917(defconst ledit-save-files t "\
7918*Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
7919
7920(defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
7921*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
7922
7923(defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
7924*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
7925
7926(autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
7927\\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
7928Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
7929 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
7930 for later transmission to Lisp job.
7931 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
7932 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
7933 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
7934 and transmit saved text.
7935\\{ledit-mode-map}
7936To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
7937do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
7938
7939(autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
7940
7941;;;***
7942
7943;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 2952))
7944;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
7945
7946(autoload (quote life) "life" "\
7947Run Conway's Life simulation.
7948The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
7949arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
7950generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
7951
7952;;;***
7953
7954;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
7955;;;;;; 16173))
7956;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
7957
7958(autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
7959Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
7960If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
7961is nil, raise an error." t nil)
7962
7963;;;***
7964
7965;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
7966;;;;;; (13685 31779))
7967;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
7968
7969(autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
7970Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer." t nil)
7971
7972(autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
7973Run the locate command with a filter." t nil)
7974
7975;;;***
7976
7977;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
7978;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14149
7979;;;;;; 56563))
7980;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
7981
7982(defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
7983*The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
7984\(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
7985
7986On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
7987lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
7988
7989On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
7990a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
7991Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
7992printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
7993\"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
7994it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
7995file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
7996
7997(defvar lpr-switches nil "\
7998*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
7999It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
8000switch on this list.
8001See `lpr-command'.")
8002
8003(defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
8004*Name of program for printing a file.
8005
8006On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
8007Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
8008The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
8009Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
8010`printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
8011treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
8012argument.")
8013
8014(autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
8015Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8016`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8017
8018(autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
8019Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
8020`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8021
8022(autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
8023Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8024`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8025
8026(autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
8027Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
8028`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8029
8030;;;***
8031
8032;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14184 170))
8033;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
8034
8035(defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
8036*Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
8037nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
8038This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
8039package is used.")
8040
8041;;;***
8042
8043;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
8044;;;;;; 53924))
8045;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
8046
8047(autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
8048Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
8049If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8050
8051This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8052
8053;;;***
8054
8055;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
8056;;;;;; 30563))
8057;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
8058
8059(autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
8060A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
8061\\{m4-mode-map}
8062" t nil)
8063
8064;;;***
8065
8066;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
8067;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28843))
8068;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
8069
8070(autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8071Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
8072Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
8073The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
8074Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
8075
8076(autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8077Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
8078Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
8079\(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
8080
8081This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
8082definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
8083will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
8084are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
8085bindings.
8086
8087To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
8088use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
8089
8090(autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
8091Query user during kbd macro execution.
8092 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
8093commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
8094each time the macro executes.
8095 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
8096Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
8097\\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
8098\\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
8099\\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
8100\\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
8101\\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
8102
8103(autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
8104For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
8105of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
8106
8107When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
8108BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
8109The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
8110execute.
8111
8112This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
8113removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
8114
8115For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
8116author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
8117section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
8118and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
8119`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
8120
8121Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
8122looked like this:
8123
8124 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
8125 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
8126 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
8127
8128You could enter the names in this format:
8129
8130 foo
8131 bar
8132 baz
8133
8134and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
8135
8136 \\C-x (
8137 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
8138 \\C-x )
8139
8140and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
8141`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
8142" t nil)
8143 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
8144
8145;;;***
8146
8147;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
8148;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (13616 25279))
8149;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
8150
8151(autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
8152Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
8153Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
8154If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
8155
8156If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
8157or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
8158the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
8159each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
8160one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
8161
8162ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
8163 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
8164 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
8165 consing a string.)" nil nil)
8166
8167(autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
8168Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
8169
8170;;;***
8171
8172;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
8173;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
8174;;;;;; (14075 51559))
8175;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
8176
8177(autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
8178Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
8179
8180(autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
8181
8182(defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
8183*Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
8184
8185(autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
8186Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
8187Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
8188message.
8189
8190This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
8191
8192;;;***
8193
8194;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822)
8195;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (13772 47253))
8196;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
8197
8198(defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
8199*If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
8200Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
8201often correct parser.")
8202
8203(autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
8204
8205(autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
8206Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
8207The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
8208If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
8209If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
8210If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
8211
8212;;;***
8213
8214;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
8215;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6043))
8216;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
8217
8218(autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
8219Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
8220
8221(autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
8222Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
8223By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
8224
8225(autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
8226Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
8227If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
8228
8229;;;***
8230
8231;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
8232;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
8233;;;;;; 15767))
8234;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
8235
8236(defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
8237*Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
8238If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8239 king@grassland.com
8240If `parens', they look like:
8241 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8242If `angles', they look like:
8243 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
8244
8245(autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
8246Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
8247If interactive, expand in header fields.
8248Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
8249their `Resent-' variants.
8250
8251Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
8252removed from alias expansions." t nil)
8253
8254(autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
8255Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
8256This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
8257
8258Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
8259If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
8260can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
8261if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
8262
8263(autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
8264Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
8265Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
8266current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
8267
8268;;;***
8269
8270;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
8271;;;;;; (14013 4126))
8272;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
8273
8274(autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
8275Major mode for editing Makefiles.
8276This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
8277
8278\\{makefile-mode-map}
8279
8280In the browser, use the following keys:
8281
8282\\{makefile-browser-map}
8283
8284Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
8285
8286makefile-browser-buffer-name:
8287 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
8288
8289makefile-target-colon:
8290 The string that gets appended to all target names
8291 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
8292 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
8293
8294makefile-macro-assign:
8295 The string that gets appended to all macro names
8296 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
8297 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
8298 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
8299 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
8300 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
8301
8302makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
8303 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
8304 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
8305
8306makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
8307 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
8308
8309makefile-browser-cursor-column:
8310 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
8311 up or down in the browser.
8312
8313makefile-browser-selected-mark:
8314 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
8315
8316makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
8317 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
8318
8319makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
8320 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
8321 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
8322 has been selected in the browser.
8323
8324makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
8325 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
8326 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
8327 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
8328 filenames are omitted.
8329
8330makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
8331 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
8332 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
8333 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
8334 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
8335 the backslash itself intact.
8336 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
8337 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
8338
8339makefile-browser-hook:
8340 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
8341 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
8342
8343makefile-special-targets-list:
8344 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
8345 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
8346 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
8347
8348;;;***
8349
8350;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
8351;;;;;; 28914))
8352;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
8353
8354(autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
8355Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
8356Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
8357
8358;;;***
8359
8360;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14203 50437))
8361;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
8362
8363(defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
8364
8365(autoload (quote man) "man" "\
8366Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
8367This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
8368command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
8369results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
8370`Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
8371If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
8372
8373(autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
8374Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
8375
8376;;;***
8377
8378;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
8379;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
8380;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
8381;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
8382;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
8383;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
8384;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
8385;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
8386;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
8387;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
8388
8389(defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
8390*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
8391
8392If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8393 king@grassland.com
8394If `parens', they look like:
8395 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8396If `angles', they look like:
8397 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
8398
8399Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
8400`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
8401
8402(defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
8403Regexp matching the signature separator.")
8404
8405(defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
8406*Local news organization file.")
8407
8408(defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
8409Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
8410The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
8411variable `mail-header-separator'.
8412
8413Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
8414`message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
8415`smtpmail-send-it'.")
8416
8417(defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
8418*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
8419
8420(defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
8421*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
8422nil means use indentation.")
8423
8424(defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
8425*Function for citing an original message.
8426Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
8427`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
8428Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
8429
8430(defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
8431*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
8432This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
8433citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
8434point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
8435
8436(defvar message-signature t "\
8437*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
8438If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
8439If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
8440If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
8441
8442(defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
8443*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
8444
8445(condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
8446
8447(autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
8448Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
8449Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
8450C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
8451C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
8452 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
8453 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
8454 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
8455 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
8456 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
8457 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
8458C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
8459C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
8460C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
8461C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
8462C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
8463C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
8464C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
8465C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
8466C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
8467C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
8468
8469(autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
8470Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8471OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
8472
8473(autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
8474Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8475
8476(autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
8477Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
8478
8479(autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
8480Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
8481
8482(autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
8483Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
8484If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
8485
8486(autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
8487Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
8488
8489(autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
8490Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
8491This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
8492header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
8493
8494(autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
8495Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
8496
8497(autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
8498Forward the current message via mail.
8499Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
8500
8501(autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
8502Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
8503
8504(autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
8505Re-mail the current message.
8506This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
8507contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
8508you." t nil)
8509
8510(autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
8511Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
8512
8513(autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
8514Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
8515
8516(autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
8517Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8518
8519(autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
8520Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8521
8522(autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
8523Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
8524Works by overstriking characters.
8525Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8526which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8527
8528(autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
8529Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
8530Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8531which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8532
8533;;;***
8534
8535;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
8536;;;;;; (13549 38921))
8537;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
8538
8539(autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8540Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
8541Special commands:
8542\\{meta-mode-map}
8543
8544Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
8545`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8546
8547(autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8548Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
8549Special commands:
8550\\{meta-mode-map}
8551
8552Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
8553`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8554
8555;;;***
8556
8557;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
8558;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
8559;;;;;; (13977 61527))
8560;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
8561
8562(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
8563Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8564Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8565
8566(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
8567Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8568Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8569EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8570Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8571redisplayed as output is inserted.
8572Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8573
8574(autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
8575Process current buffer through `metamail'.
8576Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8577EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8578Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8579means current).
8580Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8581redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8582
8583(autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
8584Process current region through 'metamail'.
8585Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8586EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8587Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8588means current).
8589Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8590redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8591
8592;;;***
8593
8594;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
8595;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14042 3200))
8596;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
8597
8598(autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
8599Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
8600This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8601to the MH mail system.
8602
8603See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8604
8605(autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
8606Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
8607This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8608to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
8609for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
8610that want to create a mail buffer.
8611Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
8612
8613(autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
8614Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
8615This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8616to the MH mail system.
8617
8618See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8619
8620(autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
8621Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
8622When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
8623using the MH mail handling system.
8624See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
8625messages.
8626
8627\\{mh-letter-mode-map}
8628
8629Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
8630
8631 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
8632 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
8633 the yanked message.
8634
8635 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
8636 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
8637 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
8638 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
8639 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
8640
8641 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
8642 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
8643 inserted in a draft letter.
8644
8645 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
8646 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
8647
8648This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
8649
8650;;;***
8651
8652;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (13644
8653;;;;;; 7194))
8654;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
8655
8656(autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
8657Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
8658This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8659to the MH mail system." t nil)
8660
8661(autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
8662Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
8663
8664;;;***
8665
8666;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
8667;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
8668
8669(defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
8670Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
8671
8672;;;***
8673
8674;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14091 60586))
8675;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
8676
8677(put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8678
8679(put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8680
8681(put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8682
8683(put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8684
8685;;;***
8686
8687;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
8688;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 9946))
8689;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
8690
8691(autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
8692Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
8693The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
8694`clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
8695`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
8696`clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
8697`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
8698While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
8699the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
8700displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
8701lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
8702
8703(autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
8704Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
8705Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
8706to its second argument TM." nil nil)
8707
8708;;;***
8709
8710;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
8711;;;;;; (12536 45574))
8712;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
8713
8714(autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
8715Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
8716
8717;;;***
8718
8719;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
8720;;;;;; (13552 32650))
8721;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
8722
8723(autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
8724This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
8725All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
8726followed by the first character of the construct.
8727\\<m2-mode-map>
8728 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
8729 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
8730 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
8731 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
8732 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
8733 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
8734 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
8735 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
8736 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
8737 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
8738 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
8739 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
8740 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
8741 \\[m2-link] link
8742
8743 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
8744 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
8745 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
8746
8747;;;***
8748
8749;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
8750;;;;;; 2269))
8751;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
8752
8753(autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
8754Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
8755With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8756Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
8757
8758When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
8759
8760- Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
8761
8762- Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
8763
8764- Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
8765Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
8766Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
8767Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
8768Triple-clicking selects lines.
8769Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
8770
8771- Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
8772the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
8773directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
8774and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
8775
8776- Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
8777the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
8778
8779- Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
8780to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
8781
8782- Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
8783
8784- M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
8785& mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
8786primary selection and region." t nil)
8787
8788;;;***
8789
8790;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34398))
8791;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
8792
8793(autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
8794Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
8795
8796;;;***
8797
8798;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14162 41143))
8799;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
8800
8801(defvar msb-mode nil "\
8802Toggle msb-mode.
8803Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8804use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
8805
8806(custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8807
8808(custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
8809
8810(autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
8811Toggle Msb mode.
8812With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8813This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
8814different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
8815
8816;;;***
8817
8818;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
8819;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-systems
8820;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
8821;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
8822;;;;;; (14184 58760))
8823;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
8824
8825(autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
8826Display a list of all character sets.
8827
8828The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
8829The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
8830 by any character in this character set.
8831The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
8832 by any character in this character set.
8833
8834With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
8835but still shows the full information." t nil)
8836
8837(autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
8838Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
8839
8840(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
8841Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
8842
8843The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
8844where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
8845at the place of `..':
8846 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
8847 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
8848 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
8849 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
8850 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
8851 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
8852 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
8853 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
8854 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
8855 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
8856 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
8857 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
8858 `default-process-coding-system' for read
8859 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
8860 `default-process-coding-system' for write
8861 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
8862
8863(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
8864Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
8865
8866(autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
8867Display a list of all coding systems.
8868This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
8869
8870With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
8871but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
8872
8873(autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
8874Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
8875
8876(autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
8877Display information of FONTSET.
8878This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
8879contained in FONTSET.
8880
8881The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
8882\(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
8883column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
8884frame.
8885
8886The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
8887 o -- font already opened
8888 - -- font not yet opened
8889 x -- font can't be opened
8890 ? -- no font specified
8891
8892The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
8893displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
8894
8895(autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
8896Display a list of all fontsets.
8897This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
8898With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
8899see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
8900
8901(autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
8902Display information about all input methods." t nil)
8903
8904(autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
8905Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
8906
8907This shows various information related to the current multilingual
8908environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
8909character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
8910system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
8911
8912(autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
8913Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
8914The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
8915
8916(autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
8917Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
8918The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
8919
8920;;;***
8921
8922;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component
8923;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment
8924;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
8925;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
8926;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
8927;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
8928;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
8929;;;;;; (14184 58760))
8930;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
8931
8932(autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
8933Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
8934TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
8935
8936(defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
8937
8938(defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
8939
8940(autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
8941Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
8942
8943(autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
8944Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
8945The optional 2nd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
8946the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
8947columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
8948
8949The optional 3rd arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
8950to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
8951or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
8952PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
8953if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
8954
8955If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
8956the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
8957
8958(defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
8959
8960(defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
8961
8962(autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
8963Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
8964Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
8965 is considered.
8966Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
8967longer than KEYSEQ.
8968See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
8969
8970(autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
8971Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
8972Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
8973Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
8974The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
8975car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
8976If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
8977 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
8978 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
8979Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
8980 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
8981
8982(autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
8983Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
8984
8985(autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
8986Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
8987
8988(autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
8989Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
8990
8991(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
8992Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
8993
8994(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
8995Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
8996
8997(autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
8998Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
8999Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
9000or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
9001
9002(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
9003Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
9004PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
9005coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
9006
9007(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
9008Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
9009The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
9010language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
9011
9012(autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\
9013Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character.
9014When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9015positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9016
9017(autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\
9018Decompose all composite characters in the current region.
9019Composite characters are broken up into individual components.
9020When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9021positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9022
9023(autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\
9024Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil)
9025
9026(defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\
9027Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes.
9028A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule
9029while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars'
9030\(which see).
9031
9032Meanings of reference point codes are as follows:
9033
9034 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left
9035 | | 1:tc or top-center
9036 | | 2:tr or top-right
9037 | | 3:ml or mid-left
9038 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center
9039 | | 5:mr or mid-right
9040--- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
9041 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
9042 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right
9043
9044Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of
9045the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT
9046is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and
9047NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added.
9048
9049For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the
9050overall glyph is updated as follows:
9051
9052 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
9053 | | |
9054 | global| |
9055 | glyph | |
9056--- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change)
9057 +----+--+--+
9058 | | new |
9059 | |glyph|
9060 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
9061")
9062
9063(autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil)
9064
9065(autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\
9066Return one char string composed from the arguments.
9067For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character
9068or a relative-composition character.
9069For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be
9070a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character,
9071and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule.
9072A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).
9073See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
9074
9075(autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\
9076Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components.
9077Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned.
9078It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'.
9079Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned
9080sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the
9081order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for
9082`compose-chars' to create CHAR.
9083If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted
9084even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil)
9085
9086;;;***
9087
9088;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
9089;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp nslookup nslookup-host
9090;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
9091;;;;;; (13870 8854))
9092;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
9093
9094(autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
9095Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
9096
9097(autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
9098Ping HOST.
9099If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
9100`ping-program-options'." t nil)
9101
9102(autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
9103Run ipconfig program." t nil)
9104
9105(defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
9106
9107(autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
9108Run netstat program." t nil)
9109
9110(autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
9111Run the arp program." t nil)
9112
9113(autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
9114Run the route program." t nil)
9115
9116(autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
9117Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
9118
9119(autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
9120Run nslookup program." t nil)
9121
9122(autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
9123Run ftp program." t nil)
9124
9125(autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
9126Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
9127
9128(autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
9129Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
9130If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
9131from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
9132
9133(autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
9134
9135(autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
9136Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
9137
9138(autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
9139Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
9140
9141;;;***
9142
9143;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
9144;;;;;; 49490))
9145;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
9146
9147(autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
9148Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
9149If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
9150as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
9151first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
9152symbol in the alist." nil nil)
9153
9154;;;***
9155
9156;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
9157;;;;;; (14030 49496))
9158;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
9159
9160(autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
9161Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
9162
9163;;;***
9164
9165;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
9166;;;;;; (14030 49502))
9167;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
9168
9169(autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
9170\"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
9171Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
9172
9173;;;***
9174
9175;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
9176;;;;;; (14030 49514))
9177;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
9178
9179(autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
9180Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
9181
9182;;;***
9183
9184;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
9185;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14030 49518))
9186;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
9187
9188(autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
9189Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
9190
9191(autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9192Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
9193
9194(autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9195Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
9196
9197;;;***
9198
9199;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
9200;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29108))
9201;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
9202
9203(defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
9204Function to call to handle disabled commands.
9205If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
9206
9207(autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
9208
9209(autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
9210Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
9211The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9212to future sessions." t nil)
9213
9214(autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
9215Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
9216The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9217to future sessions." t nil)
9218
9219;;;***
9220
9221;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
9222;;;;;; (13611 44372))
9223;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
9224
9225(autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
9226Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
9227\\{nroff-mode-map}
9228Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
9229Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
9230closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
9231
9232;;;***
9233
9234;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
9235;;;;;; (13145 50262))
9236;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
9237
9238(autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
9239Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
9240Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
9241specified by `octave-help-files'.
9242If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
9243
9244;;;***
9245
9246;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
9247;;;;;; (14211 48115))
9248;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
9249
9250(autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
9251Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
9252This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
9253
9254Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
9255
9256The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
9257command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
9258
9259Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
9260the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
9261startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
9262
9263(defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
9264
9265;;;***
9266
9267;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
9268;;;;;; (13935 15541))
9269;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
9270
9271(autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
9272Major mode for editing Octave code.
9273
9274This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
9275indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
9276showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
9277Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
9278
9279Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
9280computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
9281solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
9282can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
9283is why you need this mode!).
9284
9285The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
9286ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
9287source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
9288
9289Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
9290
9291Keybindings
9292===========
9293
9294\\{octave-mode-map}
9295
9296Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
9297==============================================
9298
9299octave-auto-indent
9300 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
9301 Default is nil.
9302
9303octave-auto-newline
9304 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
9305 Default is nil.
9306
9307octave-blink-matching-block
9308 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
9309 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
9310
9311octave-block-offset
9312 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
9313 Default is 2.
9314
9315octave-continuation-offset
9316 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
9317 Default is 4.
9318
9319octave-continuation-string
9320 String used for Octave continuation lines.
9321 Default is a backslash.
9322
9323octave-mode-startup-message
9324 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
9325 Default is t.
9326
9327octave-send-echo-input
9328 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
9329 command to the inferior Octave process.
9330
9331octave-send-line-auto-forward
9332 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
9333 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
9334
9335octave-send-echo-input
9336 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
9337
9338Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
9339
9340To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
9341following lines to your `.emacs' file:
9342
9343 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
9344 (setq auto-mode-alist
9345 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
9346
9347To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
9348add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
9349
9350 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
9351 (lambda ()
9352 (abbrev-mode 1)
9353 (auto-fill-mode 1)
9354 (if (eq window-system 'x)
9355 (font-lock-mode 1))))
9356
9357To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
9358This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
9359already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
9360including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
9361
9362;;;***
9363
9364;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
9365;;;;;; (14045 29891))
9366;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
9367
9368(autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
9369Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
9370
9371(autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
9372Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
9373Selects a buffer containing such a list,
9374in which there are commands to set the option values.
9375Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
9376
9377The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
9378
9379;;;***
9380
9381;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
9382;;;;;; (14115 62973))
9383;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
9384
9385(autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
9386Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
9387Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
9388two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
9389
9390Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
9391invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
9392of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
9393back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
9394
9395Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
9396\\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
9397\\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
9398\\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
9399\\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
9400\\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
9401
9402\\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
9403\\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
9404
9405The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
9406They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
9407\\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
9408\\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
9409\\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
9410 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
9411 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
9412\\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
9413\\[show-entry] make it visible.
9414\\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
9415 The subheadings remain visible.
9416\\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
9417
9418The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
9419A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
9420beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
9421
9422Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
9423`outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
9424
9425(autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
9426Toggle Outline minor mode.
9427With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9428See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
9429
9430;;;***
9431
9432;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14118 2930))
9433;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
9434
9435(autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
9436Toggle Show Paren mode.
9437With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9438Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
9439
9440When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
9441in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
9442
9443;;;***
9444
9445;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14218
9446;;;;;; 4426))
9447;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
9448
9449(autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
9450Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
9451TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9452
9453\\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
9454\\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
9455
9456Other useful functions are:
9457
9458\\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
9459\\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
9460\\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
9461\\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
9462\\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
9463\\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
9464\\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
9465\\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
9466\\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
9467
9468Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
9469
9470 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
9471 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
9472 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
9473 Indentation for case statements.
9474 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
9475 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
9476 mark after an end.
9477 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
9478 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
9479 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
9480 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
9481 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9482 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
9483 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
9484 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
9485 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
9486 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
9487
9488See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
9489pascal-separator-keywords.
9490
9491Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
9492no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9493
9494;;;***
9495
9496;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
9497;;;;;; (13229 29211))
9498;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
9499
9500(autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
9501Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
9502The keys affected are:
9503Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
9504C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
9505M-Backspace does undo.
9506Home and End move to beginning and end of line
9507C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
9508C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
9509
9510;;;***
9511
9512;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
9513;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34130))
9514;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
9515
9516(autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
9517Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
9518
9519This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9520
9521The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
9522which modify the status of the mark.
9523
9524The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
9525The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
9526
9527C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
9528S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
9529
9530M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
9531S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
9532behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
9533variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
9534turning pc-selection-mode on.
9535
9536C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
9537S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
9538
9539HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
9540S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
9541With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
9542
9543END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
9544S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
9545With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
9546
9547PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
9548S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
9549
9550S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
9551S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
9552C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
9553
9554In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
9555the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
9556but before calling pc-selection-mode):
9557
9558 F6 other-window
9559 DELETE delete-char
9560 C-DELETE kill-line
9561 M-DELETE kill-word
9562 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
9563 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
9564 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
9565
9566(defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
9567Toggle PC Selection mode.
9568Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
9569and cursor movement commands.
9570This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9571You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
9572
9573(custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9574
9575(custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
9576
9577;;;***
9578
9579;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
9580;;;;;; (13639 60556))
9581;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
9582
9583(autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
9584Major mode for editing Perl code.
9585Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
9586Tab indents for Perl code.
9587Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
9588Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9589Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9590\\{perl-mode-map}
9591Variables controlling indentation style:
9592 perl-tab-always-indent
9593 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
9594 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9595 perl-tab-to-comment
9596 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
9597 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
9598 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
9599 perl-nochange
9600 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
9601 perl-indent-level
9602 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
9603 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9604 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9605 perl-continued-statement-offset
9606 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9607 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9608 perl-continued-brace-offset
9609 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9610 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
9611 perl-brace-offset
9612 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9613 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
9614 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9615 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9616 perl-label-offset
9617 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
9618
9619Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
9620 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
9621 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
9622 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
9623 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
9624 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
9625 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
9626
9627Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
9628
9629;;;***
9630
9631;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
9632;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
9633;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
9634
9635(autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
9636Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9637
9638(autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
9639Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9640
9641(autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
9642Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
9643The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9644the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
9645one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
9646onto CCSO database field names.
9647After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9648`ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9649If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9650If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
9651
9652(autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
9653Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
9654If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
9655for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
9656
9657;;;***
9658
9659;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
9660;;;;;; (13906 30600))
9661;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
9662
9663(autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
9664Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
9665Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
9666afterwards settable by these commands:
9667 C-c < Move left after insertion.
9668 C-c > Move right after insertion.
9669 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
9670 C-c . Move down after insertion.
9671 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
9672 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
9673 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
9674 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
9675 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
9676 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
9677 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
9678 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
9679The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
9680direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
9681spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
9682with these commands:
9683 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
9684 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
9685 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
9686 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
9687 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
9688 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
9689 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
9690 Return Move to beginning of next line.
9691You can edit tabular text with these commands:
9692 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
9693 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
9694 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
9695 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
9696 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
9697 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
9698 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
9699 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
9700You can manipulate text with these commands:
9701 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
9702 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
9703 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
9704 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
9705 text is saved in the kill ring.
9706 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
9707You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
9708 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
9709 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
9710 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
9711 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
9712 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
9713 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
9714 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
9715 commands if invoked soon enough.
9716You can return to the previous mode with:
9717 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
9718 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
9719
9720Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
9721
9722Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
9723they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
9724
9725(defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
9726
9727;;;***
9728
9729;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
9730;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
9731;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
9732
9733(autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
9734Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
9735Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
9736can handle, whenever this is possible.
9737Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
9738
9739(autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
9740Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
9741If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
9742instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
9743in the variable `values'." t nil)
9744
9745(autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
9746Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
9747With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
9748Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
9749
9750;;;***
9751
9752;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
9753;;;;;; (13446 12642))
9754;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
9755
9756(autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
9757Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
9758Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
9759Commands:
9760\\{prolog-mode-map}
9761Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
9762if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9763
9764(autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
9765Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
9766
9767;;;***
9768
9769;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14053 43936))
9770;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
9771
9772(defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
9773*List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
9774The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
9775
9776;;;***
9777
9778;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
9779;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
9780;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14138 30128))
9781;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
9782
9783(defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
9784*Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
9785
9786Valid values are:
9787
9788 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
9789 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
9790 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
9791 changed by setting the variable
9792 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
9793 The initial value of this variable is
9794 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (which see).
9795
9796 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
9797 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
9798 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
9799 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
9800 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
9801 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
9802 test it.
9803
9804 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
9805 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
9806 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
9807 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
9808 source file. BDF fonts are included in
9809 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
9810 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
9811 use this value, be sure to have installed
9812 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
9813 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
9814 documentation of this variable).
9815
9816 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
9817 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
9818 characters. This is convenient when you want or
9819 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
9820 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
9821 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
9822
9823Any other value is treated as nil.")
9824
9825(autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
9826Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
9827STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
9828
9829(autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
9830
9831(autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
9832Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
9833
9834It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
9835
9836Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
9837
9838Returns the value:
9839
9840 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
9841
9842Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
9843the sequence." nil nil)
9844
9845(autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
9846Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
9847
9848(autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
9849Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
9850This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
9851
9852(autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
9853
9854;;;***
9855
9856;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
9857;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
9858;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
9859;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
9860;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14182
9861;;;;;; 2572))
9862;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
9863
9864(defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
9865*Specifies the size of paper to format for.
9866Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
9867example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
9868
9869(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
9870Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
9871
9872Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
9873prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
9874in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
9875
9876Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
9877is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
9878the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
9879
9880(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
9881Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
9882Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
9883information in the generated image. This command works only if you
9884are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
9885
9886(autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
9887Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
9888Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
9889
9890(autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
9891Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
9892Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
9893information in the generated image. This command works only if you
9894are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
9895
9896(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
9897Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
9898Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
9899local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
9900
9901Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
9902
9903(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
9904Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
9905Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
9906information in the generated image. This command works only if you
9907are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
9908
9909Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
9910
9911(autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
9912Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
9913Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
9914
9915Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
9916
9917(autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
9918Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
9919Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
9920information in the generated image. This command works only if you
9921are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
9922
9923Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
9924
9925(autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
9926Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
9927
9928Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
9929prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
9930image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
9931
9932Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
9933is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
9934the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
9935
9936(autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
9937Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
9938using the current ps-print setup.
9939Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
9940\", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
9941
9942(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
9943Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
9944The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
9945
9946(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
9947Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
9948The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
9949
9950(autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
9951Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
9952
9953(autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
9954Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
9955
9956If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
9957with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
9958
9959The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
9960
9961See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
9962
9963(autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
9964Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
9965
9966If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
9967with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
9968
9969The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
9970
9971 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
9972
9973FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
9974
9975FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
9976foreground and background colors respectively.
9977
9978EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
9979 bold - use bold font.
9980 italic - use italic font.
9981 underline - put a line under text.
9982 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
9983 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
9984 shadow - text will have a shadow.
9985 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
9986 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
9987
9988If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
9989
9990;;;***
9991
9992;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
9993;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
9994;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
9995;;;;;; (14171 42620))
9996;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
9997
9998(autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
9999Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
10000The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
10001
10002(autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
10003Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
10004TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
10005Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
10006 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
10007 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
10008 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
10009
10010GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
10011If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
10012 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
10013If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
10014 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
10015 shown.
10016If it is nil, the current key is shown.
10017
10018DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
10019
10020TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
10021region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
10022command to be called.
10023
10024FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
10025for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
10026translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
10027first candidate when the same key is entered later.
10028
10029DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
10030selected automatically without allowing users to select another
10031translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
10032no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
10033programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
10034to t.
10035
10036KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
10037user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
10038documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
10039`quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
10040
10041SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
10042the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
10043If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
10044this package defines no translations for single character keys.
10045
10046CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
10047map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
10048Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
10049other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
10050convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
10051characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
10052
10053MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
10054length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
10055key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
10056the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
10057packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
10058break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
10059
10060OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
10061covers Quail translation region.
10062
10063UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
10064the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
10065default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
10066for it) is inserted.
10067
10068CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
10069conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
10070vs. corresponding command to be called.
10071
10072If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
10073commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
10074non-Quail commands." nil nil)
10075
10076(autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
10077Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
10078
10079Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
10080characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
10081standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
10082function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
10083you type is correctly handled." t nil)
10084
10085(autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
10086Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
10087Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
10088KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10089TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
10090If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10091If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10092If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10093 for the translation.
10094In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10095
10096If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10097 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
10098
10099(autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
10100Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
10101The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
10102
10103(autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
10104Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
10105KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10106TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
10107 a function, or a cons.
10108It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10109If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10110If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10111 for the translation.
10112If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
10113 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
10114 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
10115 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
10116In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10117
10118If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10119 it is used to handle KEY.
10120
10121Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
10122to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
10123current Quail package.
10124
10125Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
10126to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
10127
10128(autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
10129Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
10130
10131(autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
10132Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
10133DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
10134normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
10135of the Emacs source tree.
10136
10137It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
10138and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
10139
10140When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
10141directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
10142of each directory." t nil)
10143
10144;;;***
10145
10146;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
10147;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
10148;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "../../../../gd/gnu/emacs/lisp/quickurl.el"
10149;;;;;; (14286 57107))
10150;;; Generated autoloads from ../../../../gd/gnu/emacs/lisp/quickurl.el
10151
10152(defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
10153Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
10154`quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
10155`quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
10156
10157To make use of this do something like:
10158
10159 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
10160
10161in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
10162
10163(autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10164
10165(autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
10166Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
10167
10168(autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
10169Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
10170
10171See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
10172is decided." t nil)
10173
10174(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10175
10176(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
10177Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
10178
10179(autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
10180Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
10181
10182(autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
10183A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
10184
10185The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
10186
10187\\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
10188
10189(autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
10190Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
10191
10192;;;***
10193
10194;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
10195;;;;;; 16506))
10196;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
10197
10198(autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
10199Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
10200See \\[compile]." t nil)
10201
10202;;;***
10203
10204;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
10205;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
10206;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
10207;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (13926 23562))
10208;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
10209
10210(autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
10211Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
10212If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
10213spaces and tab." nil nil)
10214
10215(autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
10216Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
10217The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
10218where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
10219
10220(autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10221Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
10222Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
10223The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
10224
10225(autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10226Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
10227Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
10228
10229(autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
10230Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
10231Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
10232But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
10233
10234(autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
10235Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
10236
10237(autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
10238Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
10239RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
10240line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
10241RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
10242After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
10243and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
10244
10245(autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
10246Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
10247The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
10248but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
10249 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
10250
10251(autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
10252Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
10253The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
10254at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
10255rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted." t nil)
10256
10257(autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
10258Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
10259The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
10260
10261Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
10262
10263(autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
10264Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
10265The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
10266When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
10267
10268;;;***
10269
10270;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex"
10271;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex.el" (14198 46022))
10272;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
10273
10274(autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
10275Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
10276
10277(autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
10278Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
10279
10280Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
10281When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
10282context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
10283\\ref macro.
10284
10285Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
10286to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
10287database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
10288
10289A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
10290capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
10291
10292Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
10293pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
10294
10295Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
10296You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
10297
10298\\{reftex-mode-map}
10299Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
10300on the menu bar.
10301
10302------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
10303
10304(autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex" "\
10305Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
10306After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
10307bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
10308matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
10309to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
10310
10311If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
10312
10313When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
10314When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
10315called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
10316add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
10317
10318The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
10319Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
10320While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
10321`=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
10322
10323;;;***
10324
10325;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
10326;;;;;; (14168 7138))
10327;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
10328
10329(autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
10330Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
10331Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
10332quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
10333is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
10334The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
10335
10336 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
10337 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
10338
10339but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
10340Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
10341
10342(autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
10343Return the depth of REGEXP.
10344This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
10345in REGEXP." nil nil)
10346
10347;;;***
10348
10349;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4553))
10350;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
10351
10352(autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
10353Repeat most recently executed command.
10354With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
10355the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
10356This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
10357
10358If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
10359be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
10360can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
10361
10362;;;***
10363
10364;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
10365;;;;;; (13651 32636))
10366;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
10367
10368(autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" nil nil nil)
10369
10370;;;***
10371
10372;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
10373;;;;;; (13229 29313))
10374;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
10375
10376(autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
10377Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
10378Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
10379visibility of comments that precede it.
10380 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
10381 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
10382window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
10383definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
10384which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
10385as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
10386 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
10387preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
10388the comment lines.
10389 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
10390visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
10391visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
10392comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
10393first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
10394 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
10395
10396;;;***
10397
10398;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
10399;;;;;; 50658))
10400;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
10401
10402(autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
10403Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
10404
10405;;;***
10406
10407;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
10408;;;;;; (13107 22379))
10409;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
10410
10411(autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
10412Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
10413
10414(autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
10415Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
10416
10417;;;***
10418
10419;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
10420;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
10421 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10422
10423(autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
10424Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
10425INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
10426other arguments for `rlogin'.
10427
10428Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
10429
10430Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
10431\(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
10432If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
10433a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
10434
10435When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
10436a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
10437
10438The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
10439run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
10440
10441The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
10442the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
10443INPUT-ARGS.
10444
10445If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
10446default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
10447access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
10448an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
10449error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
10450
10451If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
10452directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
10453This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
10454share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
10455
10456If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
10457function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
10458variable." t nil)
10459
10460;;;***
10461
10462;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
10463;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
10464;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
10465;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
10466;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
10467;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14211 33252))
10468;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
10469
10470(defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
10471*A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
10472A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
10473plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
10474
10475(defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
10476A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
10477the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
10478`rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
10479value is the user's name.)
10480It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
10481
10482(defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
10483*Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
10484This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
10485which normally happens once for each message,
10486when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
10487To make a change in this variable take effect
10488for a message that you have already viewed,
10489go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
10490
10491(defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
10492*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
10493If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
10494`rmail-ignored-headers'.")
10495
10496(defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
10497*Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
10498
10499(defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
10500*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
10501A value of nil means don't highlight.
10502See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
10503
10504(defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
10505*Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
10506
10507(defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
10508*Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
10509
10510(defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
10511*List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
10512`nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
10513\(the name varies depending on the operating system,
10514and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
10515
10516(defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
10517*Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
10518
10519(defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
10520*Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
10521
10522(defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
10523*Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
10524
10525(defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
10526List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
10527
10528(defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
10529List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
10530
10531(defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
10532List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
10533
10534(defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
10535List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
10536When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
10537still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
10538
10539(defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
10540Coding system used in RMAIL file.
10541
10542This is set to nil by default.")
10543
10544(defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
10545*If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
10546If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
10547If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
10548until a user explicitly requires it.")
10549
10550(defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
10551Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
10552
10553(defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
10554Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
10555When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
10556this feature is required with `require'.")
10557
10558(defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
10559*Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
10560If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
10561the message is decoded as normal way.
10562
10563If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
10564ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
10565the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
10566
10567(defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
10568Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
10569The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
10570
10571(autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
10572Read and edit incoming mail.
10573Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
10574 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
10575Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
10576
10577May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
10578that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
10579Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
10580have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
10581
10582If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
10583
10584(autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
10585Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
10586All normal editing commands are turned off.
10587Instead, these commands are available:
10588
10589\\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
10590\\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
10591\\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
10592\\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
10593\\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
10594\\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
10595\\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
10596\\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
10597\\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
10598\\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
10599\\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
10600\\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
10601\\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
10602\\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
10603 till a deleted message is found.
10604\\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
10605\\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
10606\\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
10607\\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
10608\\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
10609\\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
10610\\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
10611\\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
10612\\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
10613\\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
10614\\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
10615\\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
10616\\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
10617\\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
10618\\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
10619\\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
10620\\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
10621\\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
10622 (label defaults to last one specified).
10623 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
10624 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
10625\\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
10626\\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
10627\\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
10628\\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
10629\\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
10630\\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
10631\\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
10632
10633(autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
10634Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
10635
10636(autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
10637Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
10638
10639;;;***
10640
10641;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
10642;;;;;; (13738 33868))
10643;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
10644
10645(autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
10646Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
10647
10648;;;***
10649
10650;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
10651;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
10652;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8065))
10653;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
10654
10655(autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
10656Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
10657Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
10658
10659(autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
10660Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
10661Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
10662
10663(autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
10664
10665(autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
10666Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
10667LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
10668If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
10669With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
10670
10671(autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
10672Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
10673LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
10674If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
10675With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
10676
10677;;;***
10678
10679;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
10680;;;;;; (13772 51036))
10681;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
10682
10683(autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
10684Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
10685You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
10686If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
10687
10688;;;***
10689
10690;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
10691;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
10692;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6366))
10693;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
10694
10695(defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
10696*Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
10697This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
10698The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
10699NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
10700or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
10701a file name as a string.")
10702
10703(autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
10704Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
10705If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
10706If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
10707buffer visiting that file.
10708If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
10709appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
10710
10711The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
10712which is updated to the name you use in this command.
10713
10714A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
10715starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
10716
10717(defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
10718*Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
10719
10720(autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
10721Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
10722A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
10723starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
10724When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
10725
10726If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
10727messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
10728will be appended with their original headers.
10729
10730The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
10731which is updated to the name you use in this command.
10732
10733The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
10734to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
10735
10736The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
10737
10738(autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
10739Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
10740FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
10741
10742;;;***
10743
10744;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
10745;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
10746;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13051
10747;;;;;; 48729))
10748;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
10749
10750(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
10751Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
10752If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10753
10754(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
10755Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
10756If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10757
10758(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
10759Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
10760If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10761
10762(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
10763Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
10764If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10765
10766(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
10767Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
10768If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10769
10770(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
10771Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
10772If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
10773
10774(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
10775Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
10776If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
10777KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
10778
10779;;;***
10780
10781;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
10782;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
10783;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
10784;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
10785;;;;;; (14181 58887))
10786;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
10787
10788(defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
10789*Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
10790
10791(defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
10792*Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
10793
10794(autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
10795Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
10796
10797(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
10798Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
10799LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
10800
10801(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
10802Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
10803Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
10804but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
10805 only look in the To and From fields.
10806RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
10807
10808(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
10809Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
10810If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
10811\(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
10812Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
10813
10814(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
10815Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
10816Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
10817but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
10818 look in the whole message.
10819SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
10820
10821(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
10822Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
10823SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
10824
10825(defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
10826*Function to decode summary-line.
10827
10828By default, `identity' is set.")
10829
10830;;;***
10831
10832;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
10833;;;;;; (13668 48323))
10834;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
10835
10836(autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
10837Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
10838Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
10839If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
10840
10841;;;***
10842
10843;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
10844;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
10845;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
10846
10847(autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
10848Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
10849To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
10850
10851(autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
10852Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
10853
10854;;;***
10855
10856;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
10857;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
10858;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
10859;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14118 2329))
10860;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
10861
10862(defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
10863Toggle resizing the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.
10864Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10865use either \\[customize] or the function `resize-minibuffer-mode'.")
10866
10867(custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10868
10869(custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
10870
10871(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
10872*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
10873If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
10874which the active minibuffer window resides.")
10875
10876(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
10877*Allow making minibuffer exactly the size to display all its contents.
10878If `nil', the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
10879never get smaller while it is active. Any other value allows exact
10880resizing.")
10881
10882(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
10883*Allow changing the frame height of minibuffer frames.
10884If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame,
10885allow changing the frame height.")
10886
10887(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
10888*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
10889If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
10890
10891(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
10892*Allow making minibuffer frame exactly the size to display all its contents.
10893If `nil', the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
10894never get smaller while it is active. Any other value allows exact
10895resizing.")
10896
10897(autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
10898Toggle resize-minibuffer mode.
10899With argument, enable resize-minibuffer mode if and only if argument
10900is positive.
10901
10902When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
10903contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
10904
10905The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
10906whether this mode is active or not.
10907
10908The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
10909variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
10910
10911The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
10912minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
10913display its contents.
10914
10915When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
10916window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
10917way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
10918The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
10919done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
10920`resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
10921counterparts." t nil)
10922
10923;;;***
10924
10925;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
10926;;;;;; (13730 29898))
10927;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
10928
10929(autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
10930Major mode for editing Scheme code.
10931Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
10932
10933In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
10934commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
10935the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
10936modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
10937with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
10938see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
10939
10940Commands:
10941Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10942Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
10943\\{scheme-mode-map}
10944Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
10945if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10946
10947(autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
10948Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
10949Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
10950
10951Commands:
10952Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10953Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
10954\\{scheme-mode-map}
10955Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
10956`dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
10957that variable's value is a string." t nil)
10958
10959;;;***
10960
10961;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
10962;;;;;; (14030 49534))
10963;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
10964
10965(autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
10966Mode for editing Gnus score files.
10967This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
10968
10969\\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
10970
10971;;;***
10972
10973;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (13552
10974;;;;;; 24630))
10975;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
10976
10977(autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
10978Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
10979Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
10980\\{scribe-mode-map}
10981
10982Interesting variables:
10983
10984scribe-fancy-paragraphs
10985 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
10986
10987scribe-electric-quote
10988 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
10989
10990scribe-electric-parenthesis
10991 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
10992 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
10993
10994;;;***
10995
10996;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
10997;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
10998;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
10999;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-from-style) "sendmail"
11000;;;;;; "mail/sendmail.el" (14115 60575))
11001;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
11002
11003(defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
11004*Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
11005
11006If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11007 king@grassland.com
11008If `parens', they look like:
11009 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11010If `angles', they look like:
11011 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11012If `system-default', Rmail allows the system to insert its default From field.")
11013
11014(defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
11015*Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
11016This is done when the message is initialized,
11017so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
11018
11019(defvar mail-interactive nil "\
11020*Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
11021nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
11022
11023(defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
11024*Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
11025
11026(defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
11027Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11028The headers should be delimited by a line which is
11029not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
11030
11031(defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
11032*Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
11033
11034(defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
11035*Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
11036This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
11037
11038(defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
11039*Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
11040If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
11041when you first send mail.")
11042
11043(defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
11044*If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
11045This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
11046feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
11047This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
11048
11049(defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
11050*If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
11051This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
11052the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
11053This file need not actually exist.")
11054
11055(defvar mail-signature nil "\
11056*Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
11057If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
11058If a string, that string is inserted.
11059 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
11060 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
11061Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
11062and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
11063
11064(autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
11065Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
11066Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
11067\\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
11068Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11069 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
11070 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
11071 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
11072\\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
11073\\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
11074\\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
11075\\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
11076\\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
11077
11078(defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
11079*Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11080This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11081and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
11082but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
11083See also the function `select-sendmail-coding-system'.")
11084
11085(defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
11086Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11087This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
11088
11089This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
11090User should not set this variable manually,
11091instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
11092of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
11093See also the function `select-sendmail-coding-system'.")
11094 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
11095
11096(autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
11097Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
11098When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
11099The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
11100
11101Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
11102end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
11103
11104\\<mail-mode-map>
11105While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
11106
11107Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
11108to move to message header fields:
11109\\{mail-mode-map}
11110
11111If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
11112when the message is initialized.
11113
11114If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
11115a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
11116
11117If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
11118is inserted.
11119
11120The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
11121initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
11122
11123When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
11124not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
11125
11126The second through fifth arguments,
11127 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
11128 the initial contents of those header fields.
11129 These arguments should not have final newlines.
11130The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
11131 original message being replied to, or else an action
11132 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
11133 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
11134The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
11135 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
11136 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
11137 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
11138
11139(autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
11140Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11141
11142(autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
11143Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11144
11145;;;***
11146
11147;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14057 44873))
11148;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
11149
11150(autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
11151Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
11152This starts a server communications subprocess through which
11153client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
11154To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
11155Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
11156
11157Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
11158
11159;;;***
11160
11161;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
11162;;;;;; (14053 30123))
11163;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
11164
11165(autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11166Major mode for editing SGML documents.
11167Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
11168Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
11169`sgml-quick-keys'.
11170
11171An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
11172the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
11173N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
11174
11175If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
11176your `.emacs' file.
11177
11178Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
11179
11180Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11181Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
11182\\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
11183
11184(autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11185Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
11186This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
11187completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
11188\\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
11189which this is based.
11190
11191Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11192
11193To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
11194browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
11195you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
11196can also view with a browser to see what happens:
11197
11198<title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
11199have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
11200<hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
11201
11202<p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
11203ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
11204<b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
11205Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
11206
11207Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
11208to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
11209href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
11210directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
11211
11212Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
11213
11214If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
11215interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
11216To work around that, do:
11217 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
11218
11219\\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
11220
11221;;;***
11222
11223;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
11224;;;;;; (14202 47537))
11225;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
11226
11227(put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
11228
11229(autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
11230Major mode for editing shell scripts.
11231This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
11232as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
11233Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
11234assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
11235
11236This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
11237means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
11238mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
11239shell-specific features.
11240
11241The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
11242The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
11243following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
11244
11245\\[sh-case] case statement
11246\\[sh-for] for loop
11247\\[sh-function] function definition
11248\\[sh-if] if statement
11249\\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
11250\\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
11251\\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
11252\\[sh-select] select loop
11253\\[sh-until] until loop
11254\\[sh-while] while loop
11255
11256\\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
11257\\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
11258\\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
11259\\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
11260\\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
11261\\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
11262
11263\\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
11264{, (, [, ', \", `
11265 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
11266
11267If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
11268set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
11269indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
11270
11271If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
11272with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
11273
11274(defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
11275
11276;;;***
11277
11278;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
11279;;;;;; (13667 34738))
11280;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
11281
11282(autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
11283Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
11284
11285This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
11286`load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
11287files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
11288message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
11289the earlier.
11290
11291For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
11292
11293\(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
11294
11295and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
11296XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
11297\(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
11298
11299The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
11300the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
11301
11302When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
11303problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
11304XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
1130519.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
11306it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
11307Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
11308will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
11309emacs version).
11310
11311This function performs these checks and flags all possible
11312shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
11313\(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
11314XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
11315considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
11316
11317When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
11318buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
11319\(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
11320
11321;;;***
11322
11323;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
11324;;;;;; (14143 46028))
11325;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
11326
11327(defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
11328Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
11329Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
11330This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
11331shell buffer.
11332
11333The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
11334Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
11335on lines which don't start with a prompt.
11336
11337This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
11338
11339(autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
11340Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
11341If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
11342If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
11343Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
11344 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
11345 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
11346If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
11347 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
11348 discards input when it starts up.)
11349The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
11350and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
11351See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
11352
11353To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
11354in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
11355before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
11356in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
11357The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
11358`default-process-coding-system'.
11359
11360The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
11361such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
11362its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
11363Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
11364
11365\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
11366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
11367
11368;;;***
11369
11370;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (13578
11371;;;;;; 3004))
11372;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
11373
11374(autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
11375Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
11376\\{simula-mode-map}
11377Variables controlling indentation style:
11378 simula-tab-always-indent
11379 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
11380 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11381 simula-indent-level
11382 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
11383 simula-substatement-offset
11384 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
11385 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
11386 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
11387 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
11388 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
11389 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
11390 simula-label-offset -4711
11391 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
11392 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
11393 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
11394 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
11395 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
11396 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
11397 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
11398 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
11399 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
11400 simula-electric-indent nil
11401 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
11402 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
11403 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
11404 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
11405 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
11406 or nil if they should not be changed.
11407 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
11408 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
11409 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
11410 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
11411
11412Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
11413with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
11414
11415Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
11416the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
11417at all." t nil)
11418
11419;;;***
11420
11421;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
11422;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
11423;;;;;; (13940 33237))
11424;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
11425
11426(defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
11427Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
11428
11429(autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
11430Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
11431DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
11432which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
11433INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
11434
11435(autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
11436Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11437Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11438If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11439on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11440This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11441\\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11442
11443When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11444which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11445ignored." t nil)
11446
11447(autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
11448Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11449Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11450If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11451on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11452This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11453\\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11454
11455When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11456which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11457ignored." t nil)
11458
11459(autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
11460Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
11461
11462With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
11463\(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
11464If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
11465REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
11466
11467An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
11468points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
11469alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
11470But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
11471
11472The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
11473variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
11474interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
11475
11476SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
11477not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
11478
11479If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
11480`skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
11481
11482 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
11483 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
11484 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
11485 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
11486 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
11487 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
11488 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
11489 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
11490 nil skipped
11491
11492Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
11493itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
11494different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
11495non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
11496continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
11497a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
11498formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
11499strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
11500
11501Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
11502Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
11503Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
11504endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
11505to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
11506available:
11507
11508 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
11509 then: insert previously read string once more
11510 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
11511 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
11512 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
11513
11514When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
11515`skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
11516
11517(autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
11518Insert the character you type ARG times.
11519
11520With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
11521is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
11522Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
11523word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
11524
11525If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
11526the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
11527symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
11528
11529;;;***
11530
11531;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
11532;;;;;; (14186 47077))
11533;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
11534
11535(autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
11536
11537;;;***
11538
11539;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16190))
11540;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
11541
11542(autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
11543Play the Snake game.
11544Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
11545
11546Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
11547
11548snake-mode keybindings:
11549 \\<snake-mode-map>
11550\\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
11551\\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
11552\\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
11553\\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
11554\\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
11555\\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
11556\\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
11557
11558" t nil)
11559
11560;;;***
11561
11562;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
11563;;;;;; (14082 18353))
11564;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
11565
11566(autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11567Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
11568Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11569Tab indents for C code.
11570Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11571Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11572\\{snmp-mode-map}
11573Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
11574`snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
11575
11576(autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11577Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
11578Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11579Tab indents for C code.
11580Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11581Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11582\\{snmp-mode-map}
11583Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
11584then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
11585
11586;;;***
11587
11588;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
11589;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
11590;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
11591;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
11592
11593(defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
11594*The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
11595
11596A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
11597`12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
11598and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
11599
11600For example, the form
11601
11602 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
11603 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
11604
11605would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
11606
11607(defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
11608*Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
11609
11610The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
11611sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
11612can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
11613York City.
11614
11615This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11616
11617(defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
11618*Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
11619
11620The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
11621sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
11622can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
11623York City.
11624
11625This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11626
11627(defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
11628*Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
11629For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
11630pair.
11631
11632This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11633
11634(autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
11635Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
11636If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
11637
11638If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
11639latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
11640
11641This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11642
11643(autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
11644*local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
11645Requires floating point." nil nil)
11646
11647;;;***
11648
11649;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
11650;;;;;; 19835))
11651;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
11652
11653(autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
11654Play Solitaire.
11655
11656To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
11657\\<solitaire-mode-map>
11658Move around the board using the cursor keys.
11659Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
11660Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
11661Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
11662\(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
11663check after each move or undo)
11664
11665What is Solitaire?
11666
11667I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
11668its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
11669Initially, the board will look similar to this:
11670
11671 Le Solitaire
11672 ============
11673
11674 o o o
11675
11676 o o o
11677
11678 o o o o o o o
11679
11680 o o o . o o o
11681
11682 o o o o o o o
11683
11684 o o o
11685
11686 o o o
11687
11688Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
11689hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
11690aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
11691one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
11692
11693A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
11694after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
11695horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
11696this: o o .
11697
11698Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
11699which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
11700
11701That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
11702
11703 o o o
11704
11705 . o o
11706
11707 o o . o o o o
11708
11709 o . o o o o o
11710
11711 o o o o o o o
11712
11713 o o o
11714
11715 o o o
11716
11717Pick your favourite shortcuts:
11718
11719\\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
11720
11721;;;***
11722
11723;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
11724;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
11725;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43432))
11726;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
11727
11728(autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
11729General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
11730Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
11731
11732We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
11733called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
11734it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
11735buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
11736contiguous.
11737
11738Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
11739If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
11740The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11741the sort order.
11742
11743The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
11744across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
11745
11746NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
11747It moves point to the start of the next record.
11748It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
11749The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
11750is called.
11751
11752ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
11753It should move point to the end of the record.
11754
11755STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
11756It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
11757else the key is the substring between the values of point after
11758STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
11759starts at the beginning of the record.
11760
11761ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
11762ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
11763same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
11764
11765(autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
11766Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
11767Called from a program, there are three arguments:
11768REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
11769The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11770the sort order." t nil)
11771
11772(autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
11773Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
11774Called from a program, there are three arguments:
11775REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
11776The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11777the sort order." t nil)
11778
11779(autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
11780Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
11781Called from a program, there are three arguments:
11782REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
11783The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11784the sort order." t nil)
11785
11786(autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
11787Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
11788Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
11789Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
11790With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
11791Called from a program, there are three arguments:
11792FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
11793
11794(autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
11795Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
11796Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
11797With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
11798Called from a program, there are three arguments:
11799FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
11800The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11801the sort order." t nil)
11802
11803(autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
11804Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
11805RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
11806 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
11807KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
11808 is to be used for sorting.
11809 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
11810 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
11811 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
11812 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
11813If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
11814
11815With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
11816
11817The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11818the sort order.
11819
11820For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
11821 starting with the letter \"f\",
11822 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
11823
11824(autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
11825Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
11826For the purpose of this command, the region includes
11827the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
11828The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
11829A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
11830The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
11831the sort order.
11832
11833Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
11834because tabs could be split across the specified columns
11835and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
11836it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
11837Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
11838
11839(autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
11840Reverse the order of lines in a region.
11841From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
11842
11843;;;***
11844
11845;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
11846;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14168 6532))
11847;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
11848
11849(defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
11850
11851(autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
11852Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
11853nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
11854`speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
11855supported at a time.
11856`speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
11857`speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
11858
11859(autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
11860Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
11861If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
11862selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
11863
11864;;;***
11865
11866;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
11867;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46126))
11868;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
11869
11870(put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11871
11872(autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
11873Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
11874For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
11875and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
11876If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
11877as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
11878
11879(autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
11880Check spelling of word at or before point.
11881If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
11882and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
11883
11884(autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
11885Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
11886Used in a program, applies from START to END.
11887DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
11888for example, \"word\"." t nil)
11889
11890(autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
11891Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
11892
11893;;;***
11894
11895;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
11896;;;;;; 43407))
11897;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
11898
11899(autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
11900Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
11901
11902(autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
11903Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
11904
11905;;;***
11906
11907;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
11908;;;;;; (14184 35036))
11909;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
11910
11911(autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
11912Shows short help for the SQL modes.
11913
11914Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
11915usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
11916
11917Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
11918
11919 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
11920
11921Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
11922
11923 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
11924 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
11925 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
11926 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
11927 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
11928 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
11929 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
11930
11931But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
11932
11933Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
11934buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
11935is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
11936that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
11937
11938Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
11939entry function you want to use regularly:
11940
11941\(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
11942
11943If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
11944procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
11945`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
11946anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
11947
11948In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
11949buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
11950appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
11951
11952(autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
11953Major mode to edit SQL.
11954
11955You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
11956\\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
11957See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
11958
11959\\{sql-mode-map}
11960Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
11961
11962When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
11963buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
11964will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
11965SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
11966determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
11967value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
11968
11969For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
11970`sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
11971
11972(autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
11973Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
11974
11975If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
11976If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
11977`*SQL*'.
11978
11979Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
11980the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
11981
11982The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
11983input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
11984
11985To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
11986in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
11987before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
11988in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
11989The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
11990`default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
11991your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
11992Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
11993
11994\(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
11995 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
11996
11997\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
11998
11999;;;***
12000
12001;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
12002;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
12003;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
12004;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50329))
12005;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
12006
12007(defvar strokes-mode nil "\
12008Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
12009
12010(autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
12011Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
12012Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
12013COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
12014is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
12015documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
12016
12017(defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
12018
12019(autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
12020Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12021Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12022This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
12023entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
12024`strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
12025Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12026
12027(autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12028Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12029Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12030Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
12031is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
12032then complete the stroke with button3.
12033Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12034
12035(autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
12036Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
12037This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12038
12039(autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12040Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
12041This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12042
12043(autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
12044Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
12045
12046(defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
12047
12048(autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
12049Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
12050
12051(autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
12052Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
12053
12054(defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
12055
12056(autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
12057Toggle strokes being enabled.
12058With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
12059Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
12060mode in all buffers when activated.
12061By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
12062new strokes with
12063
12064> M-x global-set-stroke
12065
12066To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
12067Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
12068strokes with
12069
12070> M-x strokes-encode-buffer
12071> M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
12072
12073;;;***
12074
12075;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
12076;;;;;; (14192 4731))
12077;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
12078
12079(autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
12080Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
12081This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
12082function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
12083for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
12084original message but it does require a few things:
12085
12086 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
12087
12088 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
12089 reply buffer.
12090
12091 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
12092 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
12093 original message.
12094
12095 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
12096
12097 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
12098
12099For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
12100when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
12101before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
12102
12103;;;***
12104
12105;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
12106;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
12107
12108(autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
12109Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
12110Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12111START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12112The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12113
12114(autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
12115Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
12116A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
12117when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
12118Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12119START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12120The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12121
12122;;;***
12123
12124;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29627))
12125;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
12126
12127(autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
12128Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
12129
12130;;;***
12131
12132;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14189 16949))
12133;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
12134
12135(autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
12136Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
12137You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
12138Letters no longer insert themselves.
12139Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
12140or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
12141Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
12142
12143If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
12144save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
12145saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
12146inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
12147
12148See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
12149\\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
12150
12151;;;***
12152
12153;;;### (autoloads (tcl-mode) "tcl-mode" "progmodes/tcl-mode.el" (13878
12154;;;;;; 37688))
12155;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl-mode.el
12156
12157(autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl-mode" "\
12158Major mode for editing tcl scripts.
12159The following keys are bound:
12160\\{tcl-mode-map}
12161" t nil)
12162
12163;;;***
12164
12165;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52046))
12166;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
12167 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12168
12169(autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
12170Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12171Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
12172where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
12173is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
12174falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
12175Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12176 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
12177
12178(autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
12179Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12180Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
12181Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12182
12183;;;***
12184
12185;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14213
12186;;;;;; 23781))
12187;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
12188
12189(autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
12190Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
12191The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
12192If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
12193Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
12194the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
12195
12196(autoload (quote term) "term" "\
12197Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12198
12199(autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
12200Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12201
12202;;;***
12203
12204;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14007
12205;;;;;; 19919))
12206;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
12207
12208(autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
12209Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
12210ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
12211BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
12212and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
12213program as keyboard input.
12214
12215Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
12216are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
12217WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
12218-- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
12219
12220To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
12221to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
12222type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
12223Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
12224This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
12225
12226`Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
12227
12228Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
12229of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
12230terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
12231terminal-redisplay-interval.
12232
12233This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
12234and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
12235subprocess started." t nil)
12236
12237;;;***
12238
12239;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 15872))
12240;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
12241
12242(autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
12243Play the Tetris game.
12244Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
12245rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
12246as to form complete rows.
12247
12248tetris-mode keybindings:
12249 \\<tetris-mode-map>
12250\\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
12251\\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
12252\\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12253\\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
12254\\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
12255\\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
12256\\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
12257\\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
12258
12259" t nil)
12260
12261;;;***
12262
12263;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
12264;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
12265;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12266;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
12267;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
12268;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
12269;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
12270;;;;;; (14079 17189))
12271;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
12272
12273(defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
12274*If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
12275
12276(defvar tex-directory "." "\
12277*Directory in which temporary files are written.
12278You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
12279and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
12280`\\input' commands with relative directories.")
12281
12282(defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
12283Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
12284If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
12285if it matches the first line of the file,
12286`tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
12287
12288(defvar tex-main-file nil "\
12289*The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
12290The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
12291if the variable is non-nil.")
12292
12293(defvar tex-offer-save t "\
12294*If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
12295
12296(defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
12297*Command used to run TeX subjob.
12298TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12299See the documentation of that variable.")
12300
12301(defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
12302*Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
12303LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12304See the documentation of that variable.")
12305
12306(defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
12307*Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
12308SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12309See the documentation of that variable.")
12310
12311(defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
12312*TeX options to use when running TeX.
12313These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
12314See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
12315
12316(defvar latex-block-names nil "\
12317*User defined LaTeX block names.
12318Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
12319
12320(defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
12321*Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
12322If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12323otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12324
12325(defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12326*Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12327If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12328otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12329
12330(defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12331*Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
12332If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12333otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12334
12335If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
12336`tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
12337for example,
12338
12339 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12340 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
12341
12342would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
12343use.")
12344
12345(defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
12346*Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
12347If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12348otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12349
12350This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
12351window system being used. For example,
12352
12353 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
12354 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
12355
12356would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
12357otherwise.")
12358
12359(defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
12360*Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
12361Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
12362
12363(defvar tex-default-mode (quote plain-tex-mode) "\
12364*Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
12365This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
12366is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
12367Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
12368
12369(defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
12370*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
12371
12372(defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
12373*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
12374
12375(autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12376Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
12377Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
12378this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
12379`latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
12380such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
12381says which mode to use." t nil)
12382
12383(defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
12384
12385(defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
12386
12387(defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
12388
12389(autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12390Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
12391Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12392Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12393and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12394
12395Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
12396copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
12397running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12398\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12399\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12400\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12401\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12402
12403Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12404mismatched $'s or braces.
12405
12406Special commands:
12407\\{tex-mode-map}
12408
12409Mode variables:
12410tex-run-command
12411 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12412tex-directory
12413 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
12414 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12415tex-dvi-print-command
12416 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12417tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12418 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12419 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12420tex-dvi-view-command
12421 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12422tex-show-queue-command
12423 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12424 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12425
12426Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12427`tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
12428special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12429
12430(autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12431Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
12432Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12433Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12434and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12435
12436Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12437copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12438running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12439\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12440\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12441\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12442\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12443
12444Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12445mismatched $'s or braces.
12446
12447Special commands:
12448\\{tex-mode-map}
12449
12450Mode variables:
12451latex-run-command
12452 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12453tex-directory
12454 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
12455 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12456tex-dvi-print-command
12457 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12458tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12459 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12460 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12461tex-dvi-view-command
12462 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12463tex-show-queue-command
12464 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12465 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12466
12467Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
12468`tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
12469subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12470
12471(autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12472Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
12473Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12474Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12475and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12476
12477Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12478copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12479running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12480\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12481\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12482\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12483\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12484
12485Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12486mismatched $'s or braces.
12487
12488Special commands:
12489\\{tex-mode-map}
12490
12491Mode variables:
12492slitex-run-command
12493 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12494tex-directory
12495 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
12496 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12497tex-dvi-print-command
12498 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12499tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12500 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12501 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12502tex-dvi-view-command
12503 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12504tex-show-queue-command
12505 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12506 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12507
12508Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12509`tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
12510`slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
12511`tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12512
12513(autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
12514
12515;;;***
12516
12517;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
12518;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14160 15906))
12519;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
12520
12521(autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
12522Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
12523The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12524name specified in the @setfilename command.
12525
12526Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
12527and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
12528Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
12529
12530(autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
12531Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
12532This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
12533The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
12534converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
12535
12536(autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
12537Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
12538The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12539names specified in the @setfilename command.
12540
12541This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
12542creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
12543is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
12544Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
12545
12546Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
12547if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
12548
12549;;;***
12550
12551;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
12552;;;;;; (14015 33043))
12553;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
12554
12555(autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
12556Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
12557
12558 It has these extra commands:
12559\\{texinfo-mode-map}
12560
12561 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
12562and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
12563the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
12564modified version of TeX input format.
12565
12566 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
12567set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
12568what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
12569use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
12570
12571 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
12572This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
12573lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
12574These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
12575In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
12576use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
12577in the Texinfo file.
12578
12579 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
12580frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
12581commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
12582\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
12583move forward past the closing brace.
12584
12585Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
12586updating menus and node pointers. These functions
12587
12588 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
12589 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
12590 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
12591
12592Here are the functions:
12593
12594 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
12595 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
12596 texinfo-sequential-node-update
12597
12598 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
12599 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
12600 texinfo-master-menu
12601
12602 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
12603
12604The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
12605which menu descriptions are indented.
12606
12607Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
12608`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
12609in the region.
12610
12611To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
12612hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
12613Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
12614`@chapter' or `@section' line.
12615
12616If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
12617be the first node in the file.
12618
12619Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
12620value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
12621
12622;;;***
12623
12624;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
12625;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
12626;;;;;; (14021 43245))
12627;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
12628
12629(autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
12630Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
12631Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
12632
12633The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
12634keybindings, are:
12635
12636 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
12637 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
12638 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
12639
12640 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
12641 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
12642 texinfo-master-menu ()
12643
12644 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
12645
12646The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
12647which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
12648
12649(autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
12650Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
12651
12652(autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
12653Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
12654
12655This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
12656immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
12657lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
12658`p' takes you straight through the file.
12659
12660Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
12661Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
12662marked region.
12663
12664This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
12665subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
12666to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
12667Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
12668
12669;;;***
12670
12671;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion
12672;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
12673;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
12674;;;;;; (13969 36778))
12675;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
12676
12677(autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
12678Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
12679
12680(autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
12681Compose Thai characters in the region.
12682When called from a program, expects two arguments,
12683positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
12684
12685(autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
12686Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
12687
12688(autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
12689Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
12690
12691(autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
12692
12693(autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
12694
12695;;;***
12696
12697;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
12698;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 24948))
12699;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
12700
12701(autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
12702Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
12703
12704(autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
12705Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
12706THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
12707Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
12708`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
12709
12710See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
12711a symbol as a valid THING.
12712
12713The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
12714of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
12715
12716(autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
12717Return the THING at point.
12718THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
12719Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
12720`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
12721
12722See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
12723a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
12724
12725;;;***
12726
12727;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
12728;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region
12729;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string
12730;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin
12731;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
12732;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el"
12733;;;;;; (13994 41097))
12734;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
12735
12736(autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
12737
12738(autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
12739Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil)
12740
12741(autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
12742Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil)
12743
12744(autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
12745Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
12746Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
12747
12748(autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\
12749Check if Tibetan char CH is composable.
12750Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil)
12751
12752(autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
12753Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers.
12754Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil)
12755
12756(autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\
12757Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND.
12758If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil)
12759
12760(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
12761Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character.
12762Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil)
12763
12764(autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\
12765Interface to quail input method.
12766Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding
12767character to be composed with current input KEY.
12768Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil)
12769
12770(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
12771Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components.
12772Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers.
12773One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil)
12774
12775(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
12776Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END.
12777Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil)
12778
12779(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
12780Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
12781See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil)
12782
12783(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
12784Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
12785See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
12786
12787(autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
12788
12789(autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
12790
12791;;;***
12792
12793;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
12794;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14127 12135))
12795;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
12796
12797(defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
12798*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
12799
12800(autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
12801Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
12802This display updates automatically every minute.
12803If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
12804are displayed as well.
12805This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
12806
12807(autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
12808Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
12809With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
12810
12811When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
12812If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
12813are displayed as well.
12814This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
12815
12816;;;***
12817
12818;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
12819;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14011 51994))
12820;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
12821
12822(autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
12823Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
12824A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
12825every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
12826 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
12827Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
12828look like one of the following:
12829 Time-stamp: <>
12830 Time-stamp: \" \"
12831The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
12832 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
12833The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
12834The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
12835The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start',
12836and `time-stamp-end' control finding the template." t nil)
12837
12838(autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
12839Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
12840With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
12841
12842;;;***
12843
12844;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
12845;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
12846;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52718))
12847;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
12848
12849(defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
12850
12851(autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
12852Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
12853
12854(autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
12855Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
12856
12857(autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
12858Perform an action at time TIME.
12859Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
12860TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
12861from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
12862meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
12863REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
12864The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
12865
12866This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
12867
12868(autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
12869Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
12870Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
12871SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
12872The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
12873
12874This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
12875
12876(autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
12877Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
12878If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
12879This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
12880
12881(autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
12882Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
12883If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
12884SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
12885The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
12886
12887This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
12888 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
12889
12890(autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
12891Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
12892If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
12893The call should look like:
12894 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
12895The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
12896event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
12897if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
12898be detected." nil (quote macro))
12899
12900;;;***
12901
12902;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
12903;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46611))
12904;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
12905
12906(autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
12907Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
12908Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
12909the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
12910
12911(autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
12912Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
12913Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
12914it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
12915For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
12916 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
12917To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
12918
12919;;;***
12920
12921;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
12922;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6160))
12923;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
12924 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
12925 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
12926 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
12927
12928(autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
12929Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
12930See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
12931X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
12932we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
12933
12934(autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
12935Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
12936This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
12937on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
12938See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
12939
12940(autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
12941Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
12942Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
12943in the menu in two ways:
12944 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
12945 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
12946The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
12947
12948MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
12949keymap or an alist of alists.
12950DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
12951Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
12952
12953;;;***
12954
12955;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (14228 23896))
12956;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
12957
12958(autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
12959Mode for tooltip display.
12960With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
12961
12962;;;***
12963
12964;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (13697
12965;;;;;; 41987))
12966;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
12967
12968(fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
12969
12970(fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
12971
12972(autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
12973Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
12974
12975;;;***
12976
12977;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
12978;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36813))
12979;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
12980
12981(autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
12982Set scroll margins." t nil)
12983
12984(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
12985Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
12986
12987(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
12988Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
12989
12990;;;***
12991
12992;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 21722))
12993;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
12994
12995(autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
12996Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
12997PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
12998streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
12999to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
13000
13001;;;***
13002
13003;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
13004;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52218))
13005;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
13006
13007(defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
13008*Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
13009
13010(autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
13011Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
13012For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13013and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13014trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13015there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
13016Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
13017display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
13018
13019(autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
13020Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
13021For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13022and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13023trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13024there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
13025the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
13026
13027;;;***
13028
13029;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
13030;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33653))
13031;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
13032 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
13033 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
13034 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
13035
13036(autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
13037Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
13038When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
13039buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
13040Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
13041When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
13042first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
13043
13044(autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
13045Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
13046Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
13047accepting the proposed default buffer.
13048
13049\(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13050
13051(autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
13052Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
13053Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
13054have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
13055ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
13056value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
13057columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
13058
13059This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
13060write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
13061
13062First column's text sSs Second column's text
13063 \\___/\\
13064 / \\
13065 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
13066
13067\(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13068
13069;;;***
13070
13071;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
13072;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
13073;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
13074;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14118 2396))
13075;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
13076
13077(defvar type-break-mode nil "\
13078Toggle typing break mode.
13079See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
13080Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13081use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
13082
13083(custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13084
13085(custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
13086
13087(defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
13088*Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
13089
13090(defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
13091*Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
13092
13093When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
13094keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
13095rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
13096
13097If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
13098asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
13099
13100(defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
13101*Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
13102This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
13103
13104The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
13105entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
13106the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
13107if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
13108then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
13109elapsed, the user will always be queried.
13110
13111The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
13112before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
13113scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
13114will occur; only scheduled ones will.
13115
13116Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
13117keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
13118
13119The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
13120guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
13121
13122(autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
13123Enable or disable typing-break mode.
13124This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
13125
13126When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
13127appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
13128user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
13129is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
13130again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
13131to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
13132annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
13133
13134A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
13135No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
13136
13137The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
13138same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
13139reset the keystroke counter.
13140
13141If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
13142calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
13143make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
13144break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
13145
13146The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
13147schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
13148affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
13149`type-break-schedule' command.
13150
13151If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
13152amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
13153that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
13154later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
13155is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
13156or not to continue.
13157
13158The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
13159thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
13160the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
13161approximate good values for this.
13162
13163There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
13164imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
13165
13166 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
13167 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
13168 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
13169 `type-break-warning-repeat'
13170 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
13171 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
13172
13173There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
13174a typing break occur. They include:
13175
13176 `type-break-query-mode'
13177 `type-break-query-function'
13178 `type-break-query-interval'
13179
13180Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
13181
13182(autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
13183Take a typing break.
13184
13185During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
13186`type-break-demo-functions' is run.
13187
13188After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
13189as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
13190
13191(autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
13192Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
13193This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
13194scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
13195
13196(autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
13197Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
13198
13199If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
13200many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
13201maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
13202can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
13203tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
13204documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
13205average typing speed.)
13206
13207From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
13208based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
13209length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
13210the computed maximum threshold.
13211
13212When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
13213used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
13214fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
13215FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
132162 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
13217
13218;;;***
13219
13220;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
13221;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (13229 29692))
13222;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
13223
13224(autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
13225Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
13226Works by overstriking underscores.
13227Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13228which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13229
13230(autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
13231Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
13232Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13233which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13234
13235;;;***
13236
13237;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
13238;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35425))
13239;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
13240
13241(autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13242Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
13243Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
13244
13245(autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13246Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
13247This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
13248following the containing message." t nil)
13249
13250;;;***
13251
13252;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
13253;;;;;; (13229 29737))
13254;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
13255
13256(autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13257Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
13258Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
13259For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
13260is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
13261For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
13262
13263(autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13264Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
13265
13266;;;***
13267
13268;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
13269;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (13323 27503))
13270;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
13271
13272(autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
13273Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
13274This function has a choice of three things to do:
13275 do (signal 'buffer-file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
13276 to refrain from editing the file
13277 return t (grab the lock on the file)
13278 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
13279You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
13280in any way you like." nil nil)
13281
13282(autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
13283Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
13284This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
13285of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
13286in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
13287
13288You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
13289The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
13290
13291;;;***
13292
13293;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
13294;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
13295;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
13296;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
13297;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
13298;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14201
13299;;;;;; 50318))
13300;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
13301
13302(defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
13303*Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
13304See `run-hooks'.")
13305
13306(defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
13307*Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
13308See `run-hooks'.")
13309
13310(defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
13311*Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
13312
13313(autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
13314Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
13315After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
13316FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
13317`save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
13318somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
13319
13320(autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
13321Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
13322This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
13323However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
13324
13325(autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
13326Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
13327 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
13328it will operate on the file in the current line.
13329 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
13330files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
13331each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
13332or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
13333lock steals will raise an error.
13334 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
13335
13336For RCS and SCCS files:
13337 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13338control.
13339 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
13340a writable and locked file ready for editing.
13341 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
13342first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
13343it performs a revert.
13344 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
13345of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
13346resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
13347the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
13348read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
13349 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
13350the option to steal the lock.
13351
13352For CVS files:
13353 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13354control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
13355 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
13356 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
13357unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
13358message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
13359with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
13360 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
13361merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
13362
13363(autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
13364Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
13365
13366(autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
13367Display diffs between file versions.
13368Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
13369checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
13370With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
13371and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
13372
13373(autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
13374Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
13375If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
13376If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
13377
13378(autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
13379Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
13380Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
13381the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
13382
13383(autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
13384
13385(autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
13386Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
13387The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
13388
13389(autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
13390
13391(autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
13392Make a snapshot called NAME.
13393The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
13394directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
13395version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
13396
13397(autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
13398Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
13399When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
13400the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
13401checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
13402If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
13403locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
13404
13405(autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
13406List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
13407
13408(autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
13409Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
13410This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
13411to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
13412automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
13413use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
13414
13415(autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
13416Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
13417A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
13418
13419(autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
13420Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
13421
13422(autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
13423Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
13424Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
13425directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
13426The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
13427
13428With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
13429
13430With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
13431files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
13432log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
13433
13434From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
13435passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
13436default directory." t nil)
13437
13438(autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
13439Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
13440New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
13441A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
13442
13443`vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
13444mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
13445`vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
13446colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
13447
13448;;;***
13449
13450;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
13451;;;;;; (14177 57984))
13452;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
13453
13454(autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
13455Major mode for editing VHDL code.
13456
13457Usage:
13458------
13459
13460- TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
13461 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
13462 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
13463 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
13464 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
13465 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
13466 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
13467 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
13468 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
13469 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
13470 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13471 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
13472 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
13473 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
13474 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
13475 The following abbreviations can also be used:
13476 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
13477 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
13478 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13479
13480- HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
13481 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
13482 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
13483
13484- STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
13485 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
13486 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
13487 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
13488 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
13489 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
13490 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
13491 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
13492 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
13493
13494- WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
13495 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
13496 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
13497 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
13498 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
13499 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
13500 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
13501 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
13502
13503 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
13504 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
13505 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
13506
13507- COMMENTS:
13508 `--' puts a single comment.
13509 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
13510 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
13511 comment in between.
13512 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
13513 following lines.
13514 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
13515 uncomments a region if already commented out.
13516
13517 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
13518 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
13519 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
13520 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
13521 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
13522 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
13523 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
13524 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
13525 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
13526 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
13527 multi-line comments.
13528
13529- INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
13530 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
13531 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
13532 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
13533 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
13534 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
13535 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
13536 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
13537 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
13538
13539- ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
13540 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
13541 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
13542 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
13543 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
13544 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
13545 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
13546 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
13547 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
13548 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
13549
13550- PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
13551 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
13552 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
13553 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
13554 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
13555 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
13556 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
13557 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
13558 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
13559 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
13560 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
13561 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
13562 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
13563
13564- TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
13565
13566- KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
13567 menu).
13568
13569- VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
13570
13571- FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
13572 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
13573 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
13574 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
13575 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
13576
13577- DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
13578 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
13579 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
13580 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
13581 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
13582 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
13583 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
13584 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
13585 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
13586
13587- PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
13588 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
13589 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
13590 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
13591 specified.
13592
13593- SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
13594 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
13595 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
13596 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
13597 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
13598 the current directory for VHDL source files.
13599
13600- SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
13601 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
13602 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
13603 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
13604 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
13605 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
13606 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
13607 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
13608 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
13609 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
13610 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
13611
13612- VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
13613 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
13614 Math Packages.
13615
13616- KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
13617 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
13618 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
13619 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
13620 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
13621 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
13622 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
13623 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
13624
13625- HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
13626 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
13627 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
13628 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
13629 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
13630 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
13631
13632 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
13633 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
13634 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
13635 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
13636 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
13637
13638 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
13639 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
13640 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
13641 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
13642 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
13643
13644 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
13645 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
13646 highlighted if written in lower case.
13647
13648 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
13649 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
13650 is non-nil.
13651
13652 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
13653 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
13654 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
13655
13656- USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
13657 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
13658 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
13659
13660- HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
13661 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
13662 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
13663
13664- PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
13665 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
13666 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
13667 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
13668 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
13669 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
13670 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
13671
13672- CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
13673 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
13674 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
13675 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
13676 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
13677
13678- FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
13679 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
13680 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
13681 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
13682
13683- HINTS:
13684 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
13685
13686
13687Maintenance:
13688------------
13689
13690To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
13691Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
13692
13693Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
13694
13695The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
13696The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
13697You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
13698mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
13699
13700VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
13701<http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
13702version and release notes can be found.
13703
13704
13705Bugs and Limitations:
13706---------------------
13707
13708- Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
13709- Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
13710- Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
13711- Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
13712- Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
13713 does not work under XEmacs.
13714
13715
13716 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
13717 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
13718
13719Key bindings:
13720-------------
13721
13722\\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
13723
13724;;;***
13725
13726;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29770))
13727;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
13728
13729(autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
13730Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
13731The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
13732the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
13733
13734This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
13735It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
13736\(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
13737Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
13738is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
13739
13740To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
13741Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
13742
13743Major differences between this mode and real vi :
13744
13745* Limitations and unsupported features
13746 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
13747 not supported.
13748 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
13749 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
13750
13751* Modifications
13752 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
13753 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
13754 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
13755 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
13756 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
13757 for undoing a repeated change command.
13758 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
13759 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
13760 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
13761
13762* Extensions
13763 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
13764 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
13765 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
13766 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
13767 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
13768 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
13769 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
13770 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
13771
13772Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
13773
13774;;;***
13775
13776;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
13777;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
13778;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
13779;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11221))
13780;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
13781
13782(autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
13783Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
13784
13785(autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
13786Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
13787
13788(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
13789Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
13790When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13791positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
13792
13793(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
13794Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
13795
13796(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
13797Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
13798When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13799positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
13800
13801(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
13802Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
13803
13804(autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
13805
13806(autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
13807
13808;;;***
13809
13810;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
13811;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
13812;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (13968
13813;;;;;; 41260))
13814;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
13815
13816(defvar view-mode nil "\
13817Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
13818Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
13819functions that enable or disable view mode.")
13820
13821(make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
13822
13823(autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
13824View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
13825Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13826a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13827are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13828Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13829For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13830
13831This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
13832
13833(autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
13834View FILE in View mode in another window.
13835Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
13836Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13837a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13838are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13839Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13840For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13841
13842This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
13843
13844(autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
13845View FILE in View mode in another frame.
13846Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
13847Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13848a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13849are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13850Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13851For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13852
13853This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
13854
13855(autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
13856View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
13857Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13858a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13859are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13860Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13861For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13862
13863This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
13864
13865Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
13866argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
13867Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
13868
13869(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
13870View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
13871Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
13872Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13873a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13874are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13875Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13876For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13877
13878This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
13879
13880Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
13881argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
13882Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
13883
13884(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
13885View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
13886Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
13887Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
13888a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
13889are defined for moving around in the buffer.
13890Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
13891For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13892
13893This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
13894
13895Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
13896argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
13897Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
13898
13899(autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
13900Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
13901With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
13902
13903Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
13904Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
13905\(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
13906read-only.
13907\\<view-mode-map>
13908The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
13909arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
13910window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
13911and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
13912commands default to a repeat count of one.
13913
13914H, h, ? This message.
13915Digits provide prefix arguments.
13916\\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
13917\\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
13918> move to the end of buffer.
13919\\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
13920SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
13921DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
13922\\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
13923\\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
13924\\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
13925\\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
13926RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
13927y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
13928\\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
13929 Use this to view a changing file.
13930\\[what-line] prints the current line number.
13931\\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
13932\\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
13933. set the mark.
13934x exchanges point and mark.
13935\\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
13936 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
13937 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
13938\\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
13939' go to position saved in character register.
13940s do forward incremental search.
13941r do reverse incremental search.
13942\\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
13943 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
13944 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
13945 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
13946\\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
13947\\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
13948p searches backward for last regular expression.
13949\\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
13950 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
13951\\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
13952 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
13953\\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
13954\\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
13955\\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
13956\\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
13957
13958The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
13959entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
13960\\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
13961current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
13962View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
13963View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
13964to that buffer.
13965
13966Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
13967
13968(autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
13969Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
13970If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
13971`view-return-to-alist'.
13972Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
13973It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
13974This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
13975
13976RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
13977it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
13978WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
13979OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
13980OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
139811) nil Do nothing.
139822) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
139833) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
13984 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
139854) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
13986
13987For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
13988
13989This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
13990
13991(autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
13992Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
13993
13994;;;***
13995
13996;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13220))
13997;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
13998
13999(autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
14000Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
14001
14002;;;***
14003
14004;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
14005;;;;;; (13691 17826))
14006;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
14007
14008(autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
14009Toggle Viper on/off.
14010If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
14011
14012(autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
14013Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
14014
14015;;;***
14016
14017;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (13883 38120))
14018;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
14019
14020(autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
14021Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
14022
14023See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
14024hotlist.
14025
14026Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
14027<nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
14028
14029;;;***
14030
14031;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
14032;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14118 2519))
14033;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
14034
14035(defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
14036*Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
14037Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14038use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
14039
14040(custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
14041
14042(custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
14043
14044(defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
14045
14046(autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
14047Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
14048When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
14049continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
14050
14051With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
14052and off otherwise." t nil)
14053
14054;;;***
14055
14056;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
14057;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28295))
14058;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
14059
14060(autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
14061Browse the widget under point." t nil)
14062
14063(autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
14064Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
14065
14066(autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
14067Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
14068
14069(autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
14070Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
14071With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14072
14073;;;***
14074
14075;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
14076;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14081 4940))
14077;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
14078
14079(autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
14080Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
14081The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
14082
14083(autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
14084Create widget of TYPE.
14085The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
14086
14087(autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
14088Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
14089
14090;;;***
14091
14092;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
14093;;;;;; (14118 1446))
14094;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
14095
14096(defvar winner-mode nil "\
14097Toggle winner-mode.
14098Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14099use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
14100
14101(custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14102
14103(custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
14104
14105(autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
14106Toggle Winner mode.
14107With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14108
14109;;;***
14110
14111;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
14112;;;;;; (13415 51533))
14113;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
14114
14115(autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
14116Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
14117
14118BUGS:
14119 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
14120 are not implemented
14121 - Options for search and replace
14122 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
14123 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
14124
14125No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
14126Emacs-like.
14127
14128The key bindings are:
14129
14130 C-a backward-word
14131 C-b fill-paragraph
14132 C-c scroll-up-line
14133 C-d forward-char
14134 C-e previous-line
14135 C-f forward-word
14136 C-g delete-char
14137 C-h backward-char
14138 C-i indent-for-tab-command
14139 C-j help-for-help
14140 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
14141 C-l ws-repeat-search
14142 C-n open-line
14143 C-p quoted-insert
14144 C-r scroll-down-line
14145 C-s backward-char
14146 C-t kill-word
14147 C-u keyboard-quit
14148 C-v overwrite-mode
14149 C-w scroll-down
14150 C-x next-line
14151 C-y kill-complete-line
14152 C-z scroll-up
14153
14154 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
14155 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
14156 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
14157 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
14158 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
14159 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
14160 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
14161 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
14162 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
14163 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
14164 C-k b ws-begin-block
14165 C-k c ws-copy-block
14166 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
14167 C-k f find-file
14168 C-k h ws-show-markers
14169 C-k i ws-indent-block
14170 C-k k ws-end-block
14171 C-k p ws-print-block
14172 C-k q kill-emacs
14173 C-k r insert-file
14174 C-k s save-some-buffers
14175 C-k t ws-mark-word
14176 C-k u ws-exdent-block
14177 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
14178 C-k v ws-move-block
14179 C-k w ws-write-block
14180 C-k x kill-emacs
14181 C-k y ws-delete-block
14182
14183 C-o c wordstar-center-line
14184 C-o b switch-to-buffer
14185 C-o j justify-current-line
14186 C-o k kill-buffer
14187 C-o l list-buffers
14188 C-o m auto-fill-mode
14189 C-o r set-fill-column
14190 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
14191 C-o wd delete-other-windows
14192 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
14193 C-o wo other-window
14194 C-o wv split-window-vertically
14195
14196 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
14197 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
14198 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
14199 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
14200 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
14201 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
14202 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
14203 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
14204 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
14205 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
14206 C-q a ws-query-replace
14207 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
14208 C-q c end-of-buffer
14209 C-q d end-of-line
14210 C-q f ws-search
14211 C-q k ws-to-block-end
14212 C-q l ws-undo
14213 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
14214 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
14215 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
14216 C-q w ws-last-error
14217 C-q y ws-kill-eol
14218 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
14219" t nil)
14220
14221;;;***
14222
14223;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
14224;;;;;; 31262))
14225;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
14226
14227(autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
14228Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
14229With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
14230
14231Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
14232
14233;;;***
14234
14235;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
14236;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43523))
14237;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
14238
14239(autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
14240Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
14241
14242(autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
14243Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
14244
14245(autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
14246Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
14247If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
14248
14249(autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
14250Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
14251
14252;;;***
14253
14254;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
14255;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 19972))
14256;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
14257
14258(autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
14259Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
14260
14261(autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "A mode for editing DNS zone files.\n\nZone-mode does two things:\n\n - automatically update the serial number for a zone\n when saving the file\n\n - fontification" t nil)
14262
14263;;;***
14264
14265;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
14266;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
14267;;; Local Variables:
14268;;; version-control: never
14269;;; no-byte-compile: t
14270;;; no-update-autoloads: t
14271;;; End:
14272;;; loaddefs.el ends here